[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018005374A1 - Immunomodulator compounds - Google Patents

Immunomodulator compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018005374A1
WO2018005374A1 PCT/US2017/039313 US2017039313W WO2018005374A1 WO 2018005374 A1 WO2018005374 A1 WO 2018005374A1 US 2017039313 W US2017039313 W US 2017039313W WO 2018005374 A1 WO2018005374 A1 WO 2018005374A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
independently selected
optionally substituted
haloalkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2017/039313
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Chritopher LANGE
Viengkham Malathong
Darren J. Mcmurtrie
Sreenivas Punna
Rajinder Singh
Ju Yang
Penglie Zhang
Original Assignee
Chemocentryx, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Chemocentryx, Inc. filed Critical Chemocentryx, Inc.
Priority to CN201780052652.1A priority Critical patent/CN109803651B/en
Priority to KR1020197002639A priority patent/KR102401963B1/en
Priority to CA3029256A priority patent/CA3029256A1/en
Priority to AU2017289038A priority patent/AU2017289038B2/en
Priority to JP2018567603A priority patent/JP7185532B2/en
Priority to ES17821019T priority patent/ES2979332T3/en
Priority to EP17821019.1A priority patent/EP3474845B1/en
Publication of WO2018005374A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018005374A1/en
Priority to IL263752A priority patent/IL263752B/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/075—Ethers or acetals
    • A61K31/085—Ethers or acetals having an ether linkage to aromatic ring nuclear carbon
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/01—Hydrocarbons
    • A61K31/015—Hydrocarbons carbocyclic
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/02—Halogenated hydrocarbons
    • A61K31/025—Halogenated hydrocarbons carbocyclic
    • A61K31/03—Halogenated hydrocarbons carbocyclic aromatic
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/275—Nitriles; Isonitriles
    • A61K31/277—Nitriles; Isonitriles having a ring, e.g. verapamil
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4545—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pipamperone, anabasine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/34—Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyesters, polyamino acids, polysiloxanes, polyphosphazines, copolymers of polyalkylene glycol or poloxamers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C215/00—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/02—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/04—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being saturated
    • C07C215/06—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being saturated and acyclic
    • C07C215/12—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being saturated and acyclic the nitrogen atom of the amino group being further bound to hydrocarbon groups substituted by hydroxy groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/02—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/04—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C229/22—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated the carbon skeleton being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/02—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/34—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/04—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C235/18—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having at least one of the singly-bound oxygen atoms further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring, e.g. phenoxyacetamides
    • C07C235/20—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having at least one of the singly-bound oxygen atoms further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring, e.g. phenoxyacetamides having the nitrogen atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/54—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/58—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/59—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/16—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/22—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/44—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/48—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00—Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02—Ethers
    • C07C43/03—Ethers having all ether-oxygen atoms bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C43/14—Unsaturated ethers
    • C07C43/164—Unsaturated ethers containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C43/168—Unsaturated ethers containing six-membered aromatic rings containing six-membered aromatic rings and other rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D205/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D205/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D205/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/61—Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/79—Acids; Esters
    • C07D213/80—Acids; Esters in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/84—Nitriles
    • C07D213/85—Nitriles in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D237/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/30—Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/42—One nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
    • C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D319/18—Ethylenedioxybenzenes, not substituted on the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F5/02—Boron compounds
    • C07F5/025—Boronic and borinic acid compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/58—Pyridine rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/357—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having two or more oxygen atoms in the same ring, e.g. crown ethers, guanadrel
    • A61K31/36—Compounds containing methylenedioxyphenyl groups, e.g. sesamin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C2602/08—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being five-membered, e.g. indane
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • PD-1 Programmed cell death- 1
  • CD28 CD28 superfamily that delivers negative signals upon interaction with its two ligands, PD-L1 or PD-L2.
  • PD-1 and its ligands are broadly expressed and exert a wide range of immunoregulatory roles in T cells activation and tolerance.
  • PD-1 and its ligands are involved in attenuating infectious immunity and tumor immunity, and facilitating chronic infection and tumor progression.
  • the present disclosure further provides pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more of these compounds, as well as methods associated with preparation and use of such compounds.
  • the compounds are used in therapeutic methods to treat diseases associated with the PD-1/PD-L1 pathway.
  • the terms "about” and “approximately” shall generally mean an acceptable degree of error for the quantity measured given the nature or precision of the measurements. Typical, exemplary degrees of error are within 20 percent (%), preferably within 10%, and more preferably within 5% of a given value or range of values. Alternatively, and particularly in biological systems, the terms “about” and “approximately” may mean values that are within an order of magnitude, preferably within 5-fold and more preferably within 2-fold of a given value. Numerical quantities given herein are approximate unless stated otherwise, meaning that the term “about” or “approximately” can be inferred when not expressly stated.
  • alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e. C s means one to eight carbons).
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n- octyl, and the like.
  • alkyl in its broadest sense is also meant to include those unsaturated groups such as alkenyl and alkynyl groups.
  • alkenyl refers to an unsaturated alkyl group having one or more double bonds.
  • alkynyl refers to an unsaturated alkyl group having one or more triple bonds. Examples of such unsaturated alkyl groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3- (1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
  • cycloalkyl refers to hydrocarbon rings having the indicated number of ring atoms (e.g., C3.6cycloalkyl) and being fully saturated or having no more than one double bond between ring vertices.
  • Cycloalkyl is also meant to refer to bicyclic and polycyclic hydrocarbon rings such as, for example, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, etc.
  • the bicyclic or polycyclic rings may be fused, bridged, spiro or a combination thereof.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group that contain from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized.
  • the heterocycloalkyl may be a monocyclic, a bicyclic or a polycylic ring system.
  • the bicyclic or polycyclic rings may be fused, bridged, spiro or a combination thereof.
  • C 4-12 heterocyclyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl moiety having from 5 to 12 ring members where at least one of the ring members is a heteroatom.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include
  • pyrrolidine imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, butyrolactam, valerolactam, imidazolidinone, hydantoin, dioxolane, phthalimide, piperidine, 1,4-dioxane, morpholine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine-S-oxide, tWomorpholine-S,S-oxide, piperazine, pyran, pyridone, 3-pyrroline, thiopyran, pyrone, tetrahydrofuran, tetrhydrothiophene, quinuclidine, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a ring carbon or a heteroatom.
  • alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -.
  • an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present disclosure.
  • a “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having four or fewer carbon atoms.
  • alkenylene and “alkynylene” refer to the unsaturated forms of "alkylene” having double or triple bonds, respectively.
  • heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or
  • heteroatoms consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
  • the heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group.
  • the heteroatom Si may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
  • heteroalkenyl and “heteroalkynyl” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, an alkenyl group or alkynyl group, respectively, that contains the stated number of carbons and having from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
  • the heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group.
  • heteroalkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical, saturated or unsaturated or polyunsaturated, derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified by -CH 2 -CH 2 -S-CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 -S-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-CH 2 -
  • heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy,
  • alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like are used in their conventional sense, and refer to those alkyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen atom, an amino group, or a sulfur atom, respectively. Additionally, for dialkylamino groups, the alkyl portions can be the same or different and can also be combined to form a 3-7 membered ring with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached. Accordingly, a group represented as -NR a R b is meant to include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, azetidinyl and the like.
  • halo or halogen
  • substituents mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
  • terms such as “haloalkyl,” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
  • Ci- 4 haloalkyl is mean to include trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3- bromopropyl, and the like.
  • hydroxyalkyl or "alkyl-OH” refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, where at least one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a hydroxy group.
  • alkyl group hydroxyalkyl groups can have any suitable number of carbon atoms, such as C 1-6 .
  • alkylhydroxy groups include, but are not limited to, hydroxy-methyl, hydroxyethyl (where the hydroxy is in the 1- or 2-position), hydroxypropyl (where the hydroxy is in the 1-, 2- or 3-position), etc.
  • C 1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl refers to a C 1-3 alkyl group, as defined above, where at least one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a guanidinyl group ( -NC(NH)NH 2 ).
  • C 1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl refers a C 1-3 alkyl group where one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a guanidinyl.
  • aryl means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, typically aromatic, hydrocarbon group which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together or linked covalently.
  • heteroaryl refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized.
  • a heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom.
  • Cs-io heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl moiety having from 5 to 10 ring members where at least one of the ring members is a heteroatom.
  • aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl
  • heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimindinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalaziniyl, benzotriazinyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, isobenzofuryl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzotriazinyl,
  • Carbocyclic ring or “carbocyclyl” refers to cyclic moieties with only carbon atoms as ring vertices. Carbocyclic ring moieties are saturated or unsaturated and can be aromatic. Generally, carbocyclic moieties have from 3 to 10 ring members. Carbocylic moieties with multiple ring structure (e.g. bicyclic) can include a cycloalkyl ring fused to a aromatic ring (e.g. 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene). Thus, carboclicic rings include cyclopentyl, cyclohexenyl, naphthyl, and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl. The term “heterocyclic ring” refers to both
  • heterocycloalkyl and “heteroaryl” moieties.
  • heterocyclic rings are saturated or unsaturated and can be aromatic.
  • heterocyclic rings are 4 to 10 ring members and include piperidiyl, tetrazinyl, pyrazolo, and indolyl.
  • aryl when used in combination with other terms ⁇ e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above.
  • arylalkyl is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group ⁇ e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like).
  • alkyl in some embodiments, will include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
  • aryl and heteroaryl will refer to substituted or unsubstituted versions as provided below, while the term “alkyl” and related aliphatic radicals is meant to refer to unsubstituted version, unless indicated to be substituted.
  • R', R" and R'" each independently refer to hydrogen, unsubstituted Q-s alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted Ci- 8 alkyl, Ci- 8 alkoxy or Ci- 8 thioalkoxy groups, or unsubstituted aryl-Ci- 4 alkyl groups.
  • R' and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 3-, 4- , 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
  • -NR'R is meant to include 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4- morpholinyl.
  • Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -T-C(0)-(CH 2 ) q -U-, wherein T and U are independently -NH-, -0-, -CH 2 - or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 2.
  • two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH 2 ) r B-, wherein A and B are independently -CH 2 -, -0-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -S(0) 2 NR'- or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 3.
  • One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
  • two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -(CH 2 ) s -X-(CH 2 ) t - , where s and t are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is -0-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -
  • heteroatom is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and silicon (Si).
  • ionic liquid refers to any liquid that contains mostly ions.
  • ionic liquid refers to the salts whose melting point is relatively low (e.g., below 250 °C).
  • ionic liquids include but are not limited to l-butyl-3- methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-octyl-3- methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-nonyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, 1-decyl- 3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate and l-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium bromide, and the like.
  • patient and “subject” include primates (especially humans), domesticated companion animals (such as dogs, cats, horses, and the like) and livestock (such as cattle, pigs, sheep, and the like).
  • livestock such as cattle, pigs, sheep, and the like.
  • treating encompasses both disease-modifying treatment and symptomatic treatment, either of which may be prophylactic (i.e., before the onset of symptoms, in order to prevent, delay or reduce the severity of symptoms) or therapeutic (i.e., after the onset of symptoms, in order to reduce the severity and/or duration of symptoms).
  • salts are meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
  • base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • salts derived from pharmaceutically- acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, naturally-occuring amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2- diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N- ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperadine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
  • acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • suitable inert solvent examples include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric,
  • the neutral forms of the compounds may be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
  • the parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present disclosure.
  • Certain compounds of the present disclosure can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. Certain compounds of the present disclosure may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present disclosure and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • Certain compounds of the present disclosure possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers, regioisomers and individual isomers (e.g., separate enantiomers) are all intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds.
  • the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or carbon-14 ( 14 C).
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may be prepared such that any number of hydrogen atoms are replaced with a deuterium ( H) isotope.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. Unnatural proportions of an isotope may be defined as ranging from the amount found in nature to an amount consisting of 100% of the atom in question.
  • the compounds may incorporate radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or carbon-14 ( 14 C), or non-radioactive isotopes, such as deuterium ( H) or carbon- 13 ( C).
  • radioactive isotopes such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or carbon-14 ( 14 C), or non-radioactive isotopes, such as deuterium ( H) or carbon- 13 ( C).
  • isotopic variants of the compounds of the disclosure may find additional utility, including but not limited to, as diagnostic and/or imaging reagents, or as cytotoxic/radiotoxic therapeutic agents.
  • isotopic variants of the compounds of the disclosure can have altered pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic characteristics which can contribute to enhanced safety, tolerability or efficacy during treatment. All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope
  • the present disclosure provides compounds having the formula ( ⁇ )
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 5-8 cycloalkyl, C 6-1 o aryl and thienyl,
  • each R x is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R c , -C0 2 R a ,
  • each X 1 is a C 1-4 alkylene
  • each R a and R b is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, wherein the five or six-membered ring is optionally substituted with oxo
  • each R c is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl and C 1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two R x substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five, six
  • each R 2a , R 2b and R 2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -R d , -C0 2 R e , -CONR ⁇ , -C(0)R e , -OC(0)NR e R f , -NR f C(0)R e , -NR f C(0) 2 R d ,
  • each X 2 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six- membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O and S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R d is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -NR g R h and C 4-12 heterocyclyl, wherein the C 4-12 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 R y ;
  • each R y is independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R j and R k is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from OH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , COO-C 1-8 alkyl or C0 2 H, and C 1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from OH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , COO-C 1-8 alkyl or C0 2 H, and C 1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from OH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , COO-C 1-8 alkyl or C0 2 H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom R* and R k can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six- membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N
  • R h combined with the N to which it is attached is a mono-, di- or tri-peptide comprising 1-3 natural amino acids and 0-2 non-natural amino acids, wherein
  • the non-natural aminoacids have an alpha carbon substituent selected from the group consisting of C 2-4 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl, and C 1-4 alkyl-heteroaryl, the alpha carbon of each natural or non-natural amino acids are optionally further substituted with a methyl group, and
  • the terminal moiety of the mono-, di-, or tri-peptide is selected from the group consisting of C(0)OH, C(0)0-C 1-6 alkyl, and P0 3 H 2 , wherein
  • R ⁇ and R* 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-4 hydroxyalkyl;
  • the C 1-8 alkyl portions of R h are optionally further substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, COO- C 1-8 alkyl, P0 3 H 2 and C 5- 6 heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 C 1-3 alkyl substituents,
  • the Cio carbocyclyl, Cs-io heteroaryl and the C 6-1 o aryl portions of R h are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH) 2 , COOH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , COO-C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl-OH, C 1-4 alkyl- S0 2 NH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl CONH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl-CONOH, C 1-4 alkyl- P0 3 H 2 , C ⁇ alkyl-COOH, and phenyl and the C 4-8 heterocyclyl and C 3-1 o cycloalkyl portions of R h are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 R w substituents;
  • each R w substituent is independently selected from C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl-OH, C 1-4 alkyl-COOH, C 1-4 alkyl-S0 2 NH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl CONH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl- CONOH, C 1-4 alkyl-P0 3 H, OH, COO- C 1-8 alkyl, COOH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, P0 3 H 2 and oxo;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C 1-8 alkyl, 0-C 1-8 haloalkyl, 0-C 1-8 alkyl-R z , C 6-1 o aryl, Cs-io heteroaryl , -0-C 1-4 alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -0-C 1-4 alkyl-Cs-io heteroaryl, wherein the C 6-1 o aryl and the Cs-io heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R z ;
  • each R z is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R m , -C0 2 R n ,
  • heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R l , wherein each R l is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl,
  • each X 3 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R n and R p is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R m is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two R z substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
  • n 0, 1, 2 or 3;
  • each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R q , -C0 2 R r ,
  • R 6a is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 haloalkyl; each R 6b is independently selected from the group consisting of F, C 1-4 alkyl, 0-R u , C 1-4
  • haloalkyl NR U R V , wherein each R u and R v is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same mtrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; and m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • the present disclosure provides compounds having the formula (ID
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 6-1 o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C 6 .
  • thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R x substituents
  • x is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R c , -C0 2 R a , -CONR a R b , -C(0)R a , -OC(0)NR a R b , -NR b C(0)R a , -NR b C(0) 2 R c , -NR a -C(0)NR a R b , -NR a R b , -OR a , -O-X ⁇ OR 3 , -O- X ⁇ COzR 3 , -O-X ⁇ CONR'R", -X ⁇ OR 3 , -X ⁇ NRH", - X ⁇ COzR 3 , -X ⁇ CONR ⁇ ", -SF 5 , -S(0) 2 NR a R b , wherein each X 1 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R a and R b is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C
  • each R 2a , R 2b and R 2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -R d , -C0 2 R e , -CONR ⁇ , -C(0)R e , -OC(0)NR e R f , -NR f C(0)R e , -NR f C(0) 2 R d ,
  • each X 2 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R d is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of NR g R h and C 4-12 heterocyclyl wherein the C 4-12
  • heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 R y ;
  • each R y is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R 1 , -C0 2 R J ,
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl each of which may be optionally substituted with OH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , COO-C 1-8 alkyl or C0 2 H;
  • R g is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-8 haloalkyl and C 1-8 alkyl;
  • COO-C 1-8 alkyl C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl-OH, C 1-4 alkyl-S0 2 NH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl CONH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl- CONOH, C 1-4 alkyl- P0 3 H 2 , and C 1-4 alkyl-COOH, and wherein the C 4-8 heterocyclyl and C 3-1 o cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R w substituents;
  • each R w substituent is independently selected from C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl-OH, C 1-4 alkyl-COOH, C 1-4 alkyl-S0 2 NH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl CONH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl- CONOH, C 1-4 alkyl-P0 3 H, OH, COO-
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C 1-8 alkyl, 0-C 1-8 haloalkyl, 0-C 1-8 alkyl-R z , C 6-1 o aryl, Cs-io heteroaryl , -0-C 1-4 alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -0-C 1-4 alkyl-Cs-io heteroaryl, wherein the C 6-1 o aryl and the C 5-1 o heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R z ;
  • each R z is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R m , -C0 2 R n ,
  • each X 3 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R n and R p is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R m is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two R z substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
  • n 0, 1, 2 or 3;
  • each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R q , -C0 2 R r ,
  • each X 4 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R r and R s is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substitute
  • R 6a is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 haloalkyl;
  • each R 6b is independently selected from the group consisting of F, C 1-4 alkyl, 0-R u , C 1-4
  • haloalkyl NR U R V , wherein each R u and R v is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; and
  • the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula (Ila)
  • the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof having the formula (lib) having the formula (lib)
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and thienyl, wherein the phenyl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R x substituents. In some embodiments, R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R x wherein each R x is
  • R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with F.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each R a , R and R c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -R d , -NR3 ⁇ 4 f , -OR e , -X 2 -OR e , -X 2 -NR e R f , wherein X 2 is C 1-4 alkylene; each R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R d is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl.
  • R 2b and R 2c are both H and R 2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt. In some embodiments, R 2b and R 2c are both H and R 2a is halogen. In some embodiments, R 2b and R 2c are both H and R 2a is Cl.
  • n 0, 1 or 2 and each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R q , -NR r R s , and -OR r , wherein each R r and R s is
  • R a is H.
  • m is 0.
  • R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of F, C 1-4 alkyl, 0-R u , C 1-4 haloalkyl and NR U R V , wherein each R u and R v is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl.
  • m is 1 and R 6b is F.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C 1-4 alkyl, 0-C 1-6 alkyl-R z , C 6-1 o aryl, C 5-1 o heteroaryl , -0-C 1-4 alkyl-C 6-1 oaryl and -0-C 1-4 alkyl-Cs.io heteroaryl, wherein the C 6-1 o aryl and the C 5-1 o heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 2 R z , wherein each R z is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R m , -CO ⁇ ",
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C 1-4 alkyl, 0-C 1-6 alkyl-CN, phenyl, pyridinyl , -0-C 1-2 alkyl-pyridinyl, -0-C 1-2 alkyl-pyrimidinyl, -O- C 1-2 alkyl- pyridazinyl, and -0-C 1-2 alkyl-phenyl, wherein the pyridinyl, phenyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 R z , wherein each R z is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -C0 2 R n , -NR n R p , -OR n , and piperidinyl optionally substituted with OH. [0046] In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -C0 2 R n ,
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of NR g R h and C 4-6 heterocyclyl wherein the C 4-6 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R y , wherein R g is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-8 haloalkyl and C 1-8 alkyl, and wherein R h is -C 1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, COO-C 1-8 alkyl, C 5-6 heteroaryl, C 5-6 heterocyclyl and P0 3 H 2 , wherein the C 5- 6 heteroaryl and the C 5- 6 heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH) 2 , COOH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl, wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is linked through the nitrogen atom and wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R y , wherein each R y is independently selected from the group consisting of -C0 2 H, CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , OH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , and COO-Ci. 8 alkyl.
  • R 3 is NHR h , wherein R h is -C 1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, CONH 2 , P0 3 H 2 , tetrazolyl, tetrazolonyl, and pyrazolyl.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 3 is -NR g R h .
  • R h combined with the N to which it is attached is a mono-, di- or tri-peptide comprising 1-3 natural amino acids and 0-2 non-natural amino acids, wherein
  • the non-natural aminoacids have an alpha carbon substituent selected from the group consisting of C 2-4 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl, and C 1-4 alkly-heteroaryl, the alpha carbon of each natural or non-natural amino acids are optionally further substituted with a methyl group, and
  • each natural amino acid of R h is independently selected from the group consisting of serine, alanine, glycine, lysine, argining, threonine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, asparatate, asparagine, histidine, and leucine.
  • R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R x
  • R 6a is H
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C 1-4 alkyl, 0-C 1-6 alkyl-CN, phenyl, pyridinyl , -0-C 1-2 alkyl-pyridinyl, -0-C 1-2 alkyl-pyrimidinyl, -0-C 1-2 alkyl- pyridazinyl, and -0-C 1-2 alkyl-phenyl, wherein the pyridinyl, phenyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 R z , wherein each R z is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -C0 2 R n , -NR n R p , -OR n , and piperidinyl optionally substituted with OH, and R 3
  • C5 -6 heteroaryl and the C5 -6 heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH) 2 , COOH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , COO-C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl-OH, C 1-4 alkyl-S0 2 NH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl CONH 2 , C 1-4 alkyl-CONOH, C 1-4 alkyl- P0 3 H 2 , and C 1-4 alkyl-COOH and wherein the C5-6 heterocyclyl is additionally optionally substituted with oxo.
  • R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R x wherein each R x is independently selected from halogen, C 1-8 alkyl, 0-C 1-8 alkyl, 0-C 1-8 haloalkyl, -NR a R b , and CN, wherein R 2b and R 2c are both H, R 2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 0, n is 0, R 4 is
  • R is selected from the group consisting of NHR h , azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl, wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is linked through the nitrogen atom and wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R y , wherein each R y is independently selected from the group consisting of C0 2 H, CONOH, P0 3 H 2 , OH, S0 2 NH 2 , CONH 2 , and COO-Q.
  • R h is C 1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, CONH 2 , P0 3 H 2 , tetrazolyl, tetrazolonyl, and pyrazolyl.
  • R 2a is halogen.
  • the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of ++ or +++.
  • the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of +++.
  • the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of ++.
  • the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of +.
  • the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of ++ or +++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of +++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of ++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of +.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 6-1 o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C 6-1 o aryl and
  • thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R x substituents
  • each R x is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R c ,
  • each X 1 is a C 1-4 alkylene
  • each R a and R b is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo
  • each R c is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two R x substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
  • each R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -R d , -C0 2 R e , -CONR ⁇ , -C(0)R e , -OC(0)NR e R f , -NR f C(0)R e , -NR f C(0) 2 R d ,
  • each X 2 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R d is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -NR g R h and C 4-8 heterocyclyl wherein the C 4-8 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 R y ;
  • R g is selected from H or C 1-8 alkyl
  • R h is selected from C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 haloalkyl, -C 1-8 alkyl-C 4-8 heterocyclyl, -Ci.salkyl-C5.i0
  • Ci. 8 alkyl-OH, and Ci. 8 alkyl-COOH wherein the Ci. 8 alkyl is optionally substituted with OH or COOH, wherein the Cs.io heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, Ci. 4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl-OH, and C 1-4 alkyl-COOH, and wherein the C 4-8 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R w substituents;
  • each R w substituent is independently selected from C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl-OH, C 1-4 alkyl-COOH and oxo;
  • each R y is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R 1 , -C0 2 R J ,
  • each R* and R k is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with OH or C0 2 H, and C 1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with OH or C0 2 H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom R* and R k can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl which may be
  • R 4a is selected from wherein the C 6-1 oaryl and the C5. 10 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R z ;
  • each R z is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R m , -C0 2 R n , -CONR n R p , -C(0)R n , -OC(0)NR n R p , -NR n C(0)R p , -NR n C(0) 2 R m ,
  • each X 3 is a C1-4 alkylene
  • each R n and R p is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo
  • each R m is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two R z substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
  • n 0, 1, 2 or 3;
  • each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R q ,
  • each X 4 is a C 1-4 alkylene; each R r and R s is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R q is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 6-1 o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C 6-1 o aryl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R x substituents.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and thienyl, wherein the phenyl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R x substituents.
  • R 1 is phenyl substituted with 1 to 5 R x substituents.
  • R 1 is unsubstituted phenyl.
  • each R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -R d , -NR3 ⁇ 4 f , -OR e , -X 2 -OR e , -X 2 -NR3 ⁇ 4 f , wherein X 2 is C 1-4 alkylene; each R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R d is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 1-8 haloalkyl.
  • each R 2a , R 2b and R 2c is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt.
  • R 2b and R 2c are both H and R 2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt. [0063] In some embodiments, R 2b and R 2c are both H and R 2a is halogen.
  • R 2b and R 2c are both H and R 2a is CI.
  • n is 0, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, n is 0. [0066] In some embodiments, R 3 is selected from the group consisting of NR g R h and C 4-8 heterocyclyl wherein R g is H and wherein the C 4-8 heterocyclyl is linked through a N and is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 R y .
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of NR g R h and C 4-8 heterocyclyl wherein R g is H, R h is selected from -C 1-8 alkyl-tetrazole, -C 1-8 alkyl-pyrazole, -Q.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of NR g R h and C 4-8 heterocyclyl wherein R g is H, R h is selected from -C 1-4 alkyl-tetrazole, -C 1-4 alkyl-pyrazole, -Q.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 4a is selected from -C 1-2 alkyl-C6 -1 oaryl and -C 1-2 alkyl-C5. 10 heteroaryl, wherein the Ce-ioaryl and the Cs-io heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R z .
  • R 4a is -C 1-2 alkyl-C5.6 heteroaryl, wherein the C5 -6 heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R z .
  • R 4a is -CH 2 -C 5-1 o heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R z .
  • R 4a is -CH 2 -C5 -6 heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R z . In some embodiments, R 4a is -CH 2 -pyridinyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 R z .
  • R 4a is ° r
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperadine, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine,
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, hydrochloric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfomc, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, arginate, glucuronic acid and galactunoric acids.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, hydrochloric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfomc, p-
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium or hydrochloric.
  • the present disclosure provides compounds which are in a prodrug form.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present disclosure.
  • prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present disclosure by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present disclosure when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
  • An ester may be used as a prodrug for the corresponding carboxylic acid.
  • a C ⁇ . ⁇ o alkyl ester or a C 1-10 haloalkyl ester may be used as a prodrug for the corresponding carboxylic acid.
  • the following esters may be used: ter-butyl ester, methyl ester, ethyl ester, isopropyl ester.
  • ester prodrugs may be used as R groups such as threonine or serine prodrug esters which are linked to the rest of the molecule through their nitrogen. More specifically, the following prodrugs may be used for R :
  • compositions of those compounds will typically contain a pharmaceutical carrier or diluent.
  • composition as used herein is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable it is meant the carrier, diluent or excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (Hb), (I), (la), or (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, is provided.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more additional therapeutic agents.
  • the one or more additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti-proliferation agent.
  • the one or more additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of one or more of CCX354, CCX9588, CCX140, CCX872, CCX598, CCX6239, CCX9664, CCX2553, CCX 2991, CCX282, CCX025, CCX507, CCX430, CCX765, CCX224, CCX662, CCX650, CCX832, CCX168, and CCX168-M1.
  • compositions for the administration of the compounds of this disclosure may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy and drug delivery. All methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing the active ingredient into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
  • the active object compound is included in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process or condition of diseases.
  • compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions and self-emulsifications as described in U.S. Patent Application 2002-0012680, hard or soft capsules, syrups, elixirs, solutions, buccal patch, oral gel, chewing gum, chewable tablets, effervescent powder and effervescent tablets.
  • compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, antioxidants and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
  • Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as cellulose, silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, glucose, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example PVP, cellulose, PEG, starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated, enterically or otherwise, by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the techniques described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, polyethylene glycol (PEG) of various average sizes (e.g., PEG400, PEG4000) and certain surfactants such as cremophor or solutol, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • emulsions can be prepared with a non-water miscible ingredient such as oils and stabilized with surfactants such as mono- or di-glycerides, PEG esters and the like.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxy-ethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbit
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • preservatives for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • coloring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • coloring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • flavoring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
  • a dispersing or wetting agent exemplified by those already mentioned above.
  • Additional excipients for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may also be in the form of oil-in- water emulsions.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring gums, for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents. Oral solutions can be prepared in combination with, for example, cyclodextrin, PEG and surfactants.
  • sweetening agents for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose.
  • Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
  • Oral solutions can be prepared in combination with, for example, cyclodextrin, PEG and surfactants.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension.
  • This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol.
  • the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug.
  • These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
  • the compounds can be administered via ocular delivery by means of solutions or ointments.
  • transdermal delivery of the subject compounds can be accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like.
  • creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of the present disclosure are employed.
  • topical application is also meant to include the use of mouth washes and gargles.
  • the compounds of this disclosure may also be coupled a carrier that is a suitable polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • suitable polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxy-propyl-methacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethyl-aspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be coupled to a carrier that is a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • Polymers and semipermeable polymer matrices may be formed into shaped articles, such as valves, stents, tubing, prostheses and the like.
  • the compound of the disclosure is coupled to a polymer or semipermeable polymer matrix that is formed as a stent or stent-graft device.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be used as immunomodulators.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be used as agonists, antagonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists, inhibitors of PD-1 and/or PD-L1 in a variety of contexts, both in vitro and in vivo.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be used as inhibitors of the PD-1/PD-L1 protein protein interaction.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be used as inhibitors of PD-L1.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be used as inhibitors of the CD80/PD-L1 protein protein interaction.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be used to inhibit the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 and/or PD-1 and CD80 and/or PD-1 and PD-L2 in vitro or in vivo. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be used to inhibit VISTA and/or TIM-3. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be inhibitors of the PD-l/PD-Ll protein protein interaction and inhibitors of VISTA and/or TIM-3.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be inhibitors of CTLA-4 and/or BTLA and/or LAG-3 and/or KLRG-1 and/or 2B4 and/or CD 160 and/or HVEM and/or CD48 and/or E-cadherin and/or MHC-II and/or galectin-9 and/or CD86 and/or PD-L2 and/or VISTA and/or TIM-3 and/or CD80.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may be contacted with the receptor they interact with, in aqueous solution and under conditions otherwise suitable for binding of the ligand to the receptor.
  • the receptor may be present in suspension (e.g., in an isolated membrane or cell preparation), in a cultured or isolated cell, or in a tissue or organ.
  • the amount of the compounds of the disclosure contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to inhibit the PD-l/PD-Ll binding in vitro as measured, for example, using an ELISA.
  • the receptor may be present in solution or suspension, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure are useful for restoring and augmenting T cell activation. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are useful for enhancing an immune response in a patient. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are useful for treating, preventing, or slowing the progression of diseases or disorders in a variety of therapeutic areas, such as cancer and infectious diseases.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure can be used for treating patients suffering from conditions that are responsive to PD-l/PD-Ll protein protein interaction modulation.
  • a method of modulating an immune response mediated by the PD-1 signaling pathway in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition comprising a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided.
  • a method of enhancing, stimulating, modulating and/or increasing the immune response in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula ( ⁇ ), (Ila), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided.
  • a method of inhibiting growth, proliferation, or metastasis of cancer cells in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ila), (Hb), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided.
  • a method of treating a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a
  • the subject suffers from a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of an infectious disease, a bacterial infectious disease, a viral infectious disease a fungal infectious disease, a solid tumor, a hematological malignancy, an immune disorder, an inflammatory disease, and cancer.
  • a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of an infectious disease, a bacterial infectious disease, a viral infectious disease a fungal infectious disease, a solid tumor, a hematological malignancy, an immune disorder, an inflammatory disease, and cancer.
  • the disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, glioblastoma, esophagus tumor, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, uveal melanoma, lymphoma, lymphocytic lymphoma, primary CNS lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, prostate cancer, castration-resistant prostate cancer, chronic myelocytic leukemia, Kaposi's sarcoma fibrosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, angiosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, synovioma, , meningioma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, sarcoma of soft tissue, sarcoma, sepsis, biliary tumor, basal cell carcinoma,
  • NSCLC colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, Pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, cancer of the head or neck, gastrointestinal tract, stomach cancer, HTV, Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, hepatitis D, herpes viruses, papillomaviruses, influenza, bone cancer, skin cancer, rectal cancer, cancer of the anal region, testicular cancer, carcinoma of the fallopian tubes, carcinoma of the endometrium, carcinoma of the cervix, carcinoma of the vagina, carcinoma of the vulva, cancer of the esophagus, cancer of the small intestine, cancer of the endocrine system, cancer of the urethra, cancer of the penis, cancer of the bladder, cancer of the kidney, cancer of the ureter, carcinoma of the renal pelvis, neoplasm of the
  • cystadenocarcinoma bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, wilm's tumor, pleomorphic adenoma, liver cell papilloma, renal tubular adenoma, cystadenoma, papilloma, adenoma, leiomyoma, rhabdomyoma, hemangioma, lymphangioma, osteoma, chondroma, lipoma and fibroma.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of one or more additional therapeutic agents is further administered to the subject.
  • the one or more additional therapeutic agents is selected from the group consisting of an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti-proliferation agent.
  • the one or more additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of one or more of CCX354, CCX9588, CCX140, CCX872, CCX598, CCX6239, CCX9664, CCX2553, CCX 2991, CCX282, CCX025, CCX507, CCX430, CCX765, CCX224, CCX662, CCX650, CCX832, CCX168, and CCX168-M1.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may be used to inhibit an infectious disease.
  • the infectious disease includes but is not limited to HTV, Influenza, Herpes, Giardia, Malaria, Leishmania, the pathogenic infection by the virus Hepatitis (A, B, and C), herpes virus (e.g., VZV, HSV-I, HAV-6, HSV-II, and CMV, Epstein Barr virus), adenovirus, influenza virus, flaviviruses, echovirus, rhinovirus, coxsackie virus, cornovirus, respiratory syncytial virus, mumps virus, rotavirus, measles virus, rubella virus, parvovirus, vaccinia virus, HTLV virus, dengue virus, papillomavirus, molluscum virus, poliovirus, rabies virus, JC virus and arboviral encephalitis virus, pathogenic infection by the bacteria chlamydia, rickettsial bacteria, mycobacteri
  • herpes virus
  • coli legionella, diphtheria, salmonella, bacilli, cholera, tetanus, botulism, anthrax, plague, leptospirosis, and Lyme's disease bacteria, pathogenic infection by the fungi Candida (albicans, krusei, glabrata, tropicalis, etc.),
  • Cryptococcus neoformans Aspergillus (fumigatus, niger, etc.), Genus Mucorales (mucor, absidia, rhizophus), Sporothrix schenkii, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Coccidioides immitis and Histoplasma capsulatum, and pathogenic infection by the parasites Entamoeba histolytica, Balantidium coli, Naegleriafowleri, Acanthamoeba sp., Giardia lambia, Cryptosporidium sp., Pneumocystis carinii, Plasmodium vivax, Babesia microti, Trypanosoma brucei, Trypanosoma cruzi, Leishmania donovani, Toxoplasma gondi, Nippostrongylus brasiliensis. [0104] In some embodiments, the compounds of the present
  • Treatment methods provided herein include, in general, administration to a patient an effective amount of one or more compounds provided herein.
  • Suitable patients include those patients suffering from or susceptible to (i.e., prophylactic treatment) a disorder or disease identified herein.
  • Typical patients for treatment as described herein include mammals, particularly primates, especially humans.
  • Other suitable patients include domesticated companion animals such as a dog, cat, horse, and the like, or a livestock animal such as cattle, pig, sheep and the like.
  • treatment methods provided herein comprise administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound one or more compounds provided herein.
  • the compound(s) of the disclosure are preferably administered to a patient (e.g., a human) intravenously, orally or topically.
  • the effective amount may be an amount sufficient to modulate the PD-1/PD-L1 interaction and/or an amount sufficient to reduce or alleviate the symptoms presented by the patient.
  • the amount administered is sufficient to yield a plasma concentration of the compound (or its active metabolite, if the compound is a pro-drug) high enough to sufficient to modulate the PD-1/PD-L1 interaction.
  • Treatment regimens may vary depending on the compound used and the particular condition to be treated; for treatment of most disorders, a frequency of administration of 4 times daily or less is preferred. In general, a dosage regimen of 2 times daily is more preferred, with once a day dosing particularly preferred. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination (i.e., other drugs being administered to the patient) and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy, as well as the judgment of the prescribing medical practitioner. In general, the use of the minimum dose sufficient to provide effective therapy is preferred. Patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using medical or veterinary criteria suitable for the condition being treated or prevented.
  • a concomitant medicine comprising the compounds of the present disclosure and other drug may be administered as a combination preparation in which both components are contained in a single formulation, or administered as separate formulations.
  • the administration by separate formulations includes simultaneous administration and administration with some time intervals.
  • the compound of the present disclosure can be administered first, followed by another drug or another drug can be administered first, followed by the compound of the present disclosure.
  • the administration method of the respective drugs may be the same or different.
  • the dosage of the other drug can be properly selected, based on a dosage that has been clinically used.
  • the compounding ratio of the compound of the present disclosure and the other drug can be properly selected according to age and weight of a subject to be administered, administration method, administration time, disorder to be treated, symptom and combination thereof.
  • the other drug may be used in an amount of 0.01 to 100 parts by mass, based on 1 part by mass of the compound of the present disclosure.
  • the other drug may be a combination of two or more kind of arbitrary drugs in a proper proportion.
  • the compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more therapeutic agent such as an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti-proliferation agent.
  • therapeutic agents may be in the forms of compounds, antibodies, polypeptides, or
  • the compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more of a therapeutic antibody, a bispecific antibody and "antibody-like" therapeutic protein (such as DARTs®, Duobodies®, Bites®, XmAbs®, TandAbs ®, Fab derivatives), an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC), a virus, an oncolytic virus, gene modifiers or editors such as CRISPR
  • chemotherapeutics include an alkylation agent, nitrosourea agent, antimetabolite, anticancer antibiotics, vegetable-origin alkaloid, topoisomerase inhibitor, hormone drug, hormone antagonist, aromatase inhibitor, P-glycoprotein inhibitor, platinum complex derivative, other immunotherapeutic drugs and other anticancer drugs.
  • the compounds described herein may be used or combined with a cancer treatment adjunct, such as a leucopenia (neutropenia) treatment drug, thrombocytopenia treatment drug, antiemetic and cancer pain intervention drug, concomitantly or in a mixture form.
  • a cancer treatment adjunct such as a leucopenia (neutropenia) treatment drug, thrombocytopenia treatment drug, antiemetic and cancer pain intervention drug, concomitantly or in a mixture form.
  • the compounds described herein may be used or combined with a kinase inhibitor.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure can be used with other immunomodulators and/or a potentiating agent concomitantly or in a mixture form.
  • the immunomodulator include various cytokines, vaccines and adjuvants.
  • these cytokines, vaccines and adjuvants that stimulates immune responses include but not limited to GM-CSF, M-CSF, G-CSF, interferon-a, beta, or gamma, IL-1, IL-2, IL- 3, IL-12, Poly (I:C) and CPG.
  • the potentiating agents include cyclophosphamide and analogs of cyclophosphamide, anti- TGF and imatinib (Gleevac), a mitosis inhibitor, such as paclitaxel, Sunitinib (Sutent) or other antiangiogenic agents, an aromatase inhibitor, such as letrozole, an A2a adenosine receptor (A2AR) antagonist, an angiogenesis inhibitor, anthracyclines, oxaliplatin, doxorubicin, TLR4 antagonists, and IL- 18 antagonists.
  • a mitosis inhibitor such as paclitaxel, Sunitinib (Sutent) or other antiangiogenic agents
  • an aromatase inhibitor such as letrozole
  • A2a adenosine receptor (A2AR) antagonist an angiogenesis inhibitor
  • anthracyclines oxaliplatin
  • doxorubicin TLR4 antagonists
  • the compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more modulator of CCR1, CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, CCR5, CCR6, CCR7, CCR8, CCR9, CCR10, CCR11, CXCR1, CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, CXCR6, CXCR7, ChemR23, C5aR, C5a, and C5.
  • the modulator is an antagonist.
  • the compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more of CCX354, CCX9588, CCX140, CCX872, CCX598, CCX6239, CCX9664, CCX2553, CCX 2991, CCX282, CCX025, CCX507, CCX430, CCX765, CCX224, CCX662, CCX650, CCX832, CCX168, and CCX168-M1.
  • Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment or preventions of conditions involving the PD-l/PD- LI interaction (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per human patient per day).
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
  • concentration of 5 ng (nanograms)/mL-10 ⁇ g (micrograms)/mL serum more preferably sufficient compound to achieve a serum concentration of 20 ng-1 ⁇ g/ml serum should be administered, most preferably sufficient compound to achieve a serum concentration of 50 ng/ml-200 ng/ml serum should be administered.
  • concentration of 5 ng (nanograms)/mL-10 ⁇ g (micrograms)/mL serum more preferably sufficient compound to achieve a serum concentration of 20 ng-1 ⁇ g/ml serum should be administered, most preferably sufficient compound to achieve a serum concentration of 50 ng/ml-200 ng/ml serum should be administered.
  • For direct injection into the synovium (for the treatment of arthritis) sufficient compounds should be administered to achieve a local concentration of approximately 1 micromolar.
  • Frequency of dosage may also vary depending on the compound used and the particular disease treated. However, for treatment of most disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily, three times daily, or less is preferred, with a dosage regimen of once daily or 2 times daily being particularly preferred. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination (i.e., other drugs being administered to the patient), the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy, and other factors, including the judgment of the prescribing medical practitioner.
  • the compounds of the disclosure can be used in a variety of non-pharmaceutical in vitro and in vivo application.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may also be used as positive controls in assays for PD-1/PD-L1 interaction activity, i.e., as standards for determining the ability of a candidate agent to bind to PD-1 and/or PD-L1, or as radiotracers for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging or for single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT).
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single photon emission computerized tomography
  • kits comprising a compound of the present disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and instructions for use.
  • the kit can further contain at least one additional reagent.
  • Kits typically include a label indicating the intended use of the contents of the kit.
  • the term label includes any writing, or recorded material supplied on or with the kit, or which otherwise accompanies the kit.
  • the embodiments are also directed to processes and intermediates useful for preparing the subject compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Coupling at the 4-position of the indane ring can be accomplished via transition metal mediated coupling using the appropriate 4-bromoindanol and a boronic acid or ester.
  • the ether bond can be formed using appropriate reagents such as triphenyl phosphine and diisopropyl or diethyl azodicarboxylate.
  • Alkylation of the phenol intermediate can be achieved using the corresponding alkyl halide or mesylate reagent.
  • the following reductive amination can be accomplished using an appropriate primary or secondary amine (shown as H 2 N-R') and a reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium
  • the 4-Bromoindanone compound can be enantioselectively reduced to its optically pure 4-bromoindanol derivative using a chiral reducing agent containing boron. Coupling at the 4-position of the indane ring can be accomplished via transition metal mediated coupling using the 4-bromoindanol and boronic acid or ester. In the subsequent step, the ether bond can be formed using reagents such as triphenyl phosphine and diisopropyl or diethyl azodicarboxylate (in this case, the reaction leads to an inversion of configuration, however, some racemization was observed).
  • Alkylation of the phenol intermediate can be achieved using the appropriate alkyl halide or mesylate reagent.
  • the reductive amination can be accomplished using the appropriate primary or secondary amine (shown as H 2 N-R') and a reducing agent such as sodium
  • Mass spectrometry results are reported as the ratio of mass over charge. In the examples, a single m z value is reported for the M+H (or, as noted, M-H) ion containing the most common atomic isotopes. Isotope patterns correspond to the expected formula in all cases.
  • Electrospray ionization (ESI) mass spectrometry analysis was conducted on a Hewlett-Packard MSD electrospray mass spectrometer using the HP1100 HPLC for sample delivery. Normally the analyte was dissolved in methanol or C3 ⁇ 4CN at 0.1 mg/mL and 1 microliter was infused with the delivery solvent into the mass spectrometer, which scanned from 100 to 1000 Daltons. All compounds could be analyzed in the positive or negative ESI mode, using acetonitrile / water with 1% formic acid as the delivery solvent.
  • TLC Thin layer chromatography.
  • Compounds within the scope of this disclosure can be synthesized as described below, using a variety of reactions known to the skilled artisan. One skilled in the art will also recognize that alternative methods may be employed to synthesize the target compounds of this disclosure, and that the approaches described within the body of this document are not exhaustive, but do provide broadly applicable and practical routes to compounds of interest.
  • Certain molecules claimed in this patent can exist in different enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms and all such variants of these compounds are claimed unless a specific enantiomer is specified.
  • the detailed description of the experimental procedures used to synthesize key compounds in this text lead to molecules that are described by the physical data identifying them as well as by the structural depictions associated with them.
  • Step a To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-ol (500 mg, 2.34 mmol) in DME (10 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (286 mg, 2.34 mmol), K 2 C0 3 (969 mg, 7.02 mmol) and the resulting suspension was bubbled with nitrogen gas for one minute. Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (271 mg, 0.234 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for an additional minute and stirred at 80 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried (Na 2 S0 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step b To a solution of 4-phenylindan-l-ol (418 mg, 1.99 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (309 mg, 1.791 mmol) and PPh 3 (521 mg, 1.99 mmol).
  • Step c To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-benzaldehyde (100 mg, 0.274 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile (108 mg, 0.549 mmol) followed by Cs 2 C0 3 (178 mg, 0.549 mmol). The resulting suspension was then stirred at 65 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (20 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step d To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, xx mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added (2S)-2- amino-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid (100 mg) and Na(OAc) 3 BH (100 mg, xx mmol), and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHC1 3 /IPA (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with
  • Step a To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-one (3 g, 2.34 mmol) in DME (15 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (1.73 g, 14.2 mmol) and K 2 C0 3 (5.9 g, 42.6 mmol). The resulting suspension was bubbled with nitrogen gas for one minute before Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (1.64 g, 1.42 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for an additional minute and subsequently stirred at 75 °C overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step b To GS (-)-2-Methyl-CBS (Corey-Bakshi-Shibata)-oxazaborolidine (900 ⁇ ., 0.887 mmol, 1 M in THF) was added BH 3 » DMS (443 ⁇ ., 0.887 mmol, 2 M solution in THF) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was diluted with CH 2 C1 2 (5 mL).followed by the addition of BH 3 » DMS (16.3 mL, 32.52 mmol, 2 M solution in THF).
  • Step c To a solution of (lR)-4-phenylindan-l-ol (840 mg, 4.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (690 mg, 4.0 mmol), followed by PPh 3 (1.05 g, 4 mmol), and the resulting solution was cooled to 0 °C. DIAD (808 mg, 4.0 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added slowly dropwise and the resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring.
  • Step d To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-[(lS)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- benzaldehyde (178 mg, 0.489 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)pyridine-3- carbonitrile (192 mg, 0.978 mmol) and Cs 2 C0 3 (318 mg, 0.978 mmol) and the resulting suspension was then stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (20 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step e To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (66 mg, 0.1375 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added (25)- 2-amino-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid (33 mg, 0.275 mmol), AcOH (20 ⁇ , 0.1375 mmol), followed by NaCNBH 3 (20 mg, 0.206 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was diluted with 2:1 CHC1 3 /IPA (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step a To (R)-(+)-2-methyl-CBS (Corey-Bakshi-Shibata)-oxazaborolidine (900 ⁇ ., 0.887 mmol, 1 M solution in THF) under nitrogen atmosphere was added BH 3 » DMS (443 ⁇ _, 0.887 mmol, 2 M solution in THF) at room temperature and stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH 2 C1 2 (5 mL) and BH 3 » DMS (16.3 mL, 32.52 mmol, 2 M solution in THF) was added before cooling to -20 °C.
  • Step b To a solution of (l;S)-4-phenylindan-l-ol (840 mg, 4 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (690 mg, 4 mmol) followed by PPh 3 (1.05 g, 4 mmol). The resulting solution was cooled to 0 °C before DIAD (808 mg, 4 mmol) in THF 3 mL) was added slowly dropwise. The solution was allowed warm to room temperature and stirred for 12 h.
  • Step c To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- benzaldehyde (340 mg, 0.934 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)pyridine-3- carbonitrile (366 mg, 1.868 mmol), followed by Cs 2 C0 3 (607 mg, 1.868 mmol). The resulting suspension was then stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (20 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step d To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (304 mg, 0.633 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added (25)- 2-amino-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid (301 mg, 2.53 mmol) and AcOH (152 ⁇ L, 2.53 mmol), followed by NaCNBH 3 (159 mg, 2.53 mmol), and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CH.CI3/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-[(lH- tetrazol-5-ylmethylaniino)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHC1 3 /IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5- [ [4-chloro-2- [(2-hydroxyethylamino)methyl]-5-(4-phenylindan- 1 -yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHC1 3 /IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to (2-S')-l-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-(4-phenylindan-l- yl)oxy-phenyl]methyl]piperidine-2-carboxylic acid.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCls/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[2-(azetidin-l-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.
  • Step a Oxalyl chloride (5.7 mL, 67.26 mmol) was slowly added to 3- (benzyloxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid (5 g, 22.42 mmol) dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (75 mL) at room temperature followed by few drops of DMF to catalyze the reaction (gas evolution was observed immediately). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Additional CH 2 C1 2 (50 mL) was added and concentrated in vacuo followed by drying on high vacuum pump to obtain benzyl N-(3-chloro-3-oxo-propyl)carbamate which was used as such in the next step without any further purification. MS (after quenching the acid chloride with MeOH): (ES) m/z calculated for C 12 H 15 N0 4 Na [Methyl ester, M+Na] + 260.1, found 260.3.
  • Step b A safety notice for the procedure: Azide compounds are potentially explosive. This reaction was performed behind a blast shield. TMSN 3 (2.4 mL, 18 mmol) was slowly added to benzyl N-(3-chloro-3-oxo-propyl)carbamate (723 mg, 6 mmol) at room temperature (gas evolution was observed). The resulting reaction mixture was heated and stirred overnight at 100 °C. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude product was directly purified by flash chromatography (Si0 2 , 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain benzyl N-[2-(5-oxo-lH-tetrazol-4- yl)ethyl]carbamate. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for CnH 14 N 5 0 3 [ ⁇ + ⁇ ] + 264.1, found 264.4 (also observed significant peak for [M+Na] + ).
  • Step c To benzyl N-[2-(5-oxo-lH-tetrazol-4-yl)ethyl]carbamate (250 mg, 0.95 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (200 mg) in a Parr shaker flask, the resulting suspension was purged twice with hydrogen gas and agitated at room temperature under hydrogen gas (60 psi) for one hour. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, washed with MeOH (15 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to obtain 4-(2-aminoethyl)-lH-tetrazol-5-one which was used as such in the next step without any further purification. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C 3 H 8 N 5 0 [M+H] + 130.1, found 130.3.
  • Step d To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(l 1 S)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.208 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added 4-(2- aminoethyl)-lH-tetrazol-5-one (50 mg, 0.387 mmol), AcOH (50 ⁇ L, 0.53 mmol) followed by Na(OAc) 3 BH (90 mg, 0.424 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHC1 3 /IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ) concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2-[[2-(5-oxo-lH-tetrazol-4- yl)ethylamino]methyl]-5-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitril ⁇ er: -3.5:1.
  • Step a To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-ol (5.3 g, 24.91 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (4.3 g, 24.91 mmol) followed by PPh 3 (6.5 g, 24.91 mmol) and the resulting solution was cooled in an ice-bath. DIAD (5.03 g, 24.91 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added slowly dropwise at 0 °C and the resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring.
  • DIAD 5.03 g, 24.91 mmol
  • Step b To a solution of 4-(4-bromoindan-l-yl)oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (250 mg, 0.683 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added 3-(chloromethyl)pyridine hydrochloride (225 mg, 1.37 mmol) followed by Cs 2 C0 3 (444 mg, 1.37 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 75 °C for 2 h.
  • Step c To a solution of 4-(4-bromoindan-l-yl)oxy-5-chloro-2-(3- pyridylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (312 mg, 0.683 mmol) in DME (5 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (150 mg, 1.02 mmol), K 2 C0 3 (283 mg, 2.05 mmol) and the resulting suspension was bubbled with nitrogen gas for one minute. Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (80 mg, 0.0683 mmol) was then added, bubbled the reaction mixture with nitrogen gas for additional minute and stirred at 80 °C overnight.
  • Step d To a solution of 5-chloro-4-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-(3- pyridylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (55 mg) in DMF (3 mL) was added (25)-2-amino-3-hydroxy- propanoic acid (100 mg) followed by Na(OAc) 3 BH (100 mg) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CRCl ⁇ WA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ) concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (2S)-2-[[5-chloro-4- (4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-(3-pyridylmethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHC1 3 /IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4- chloro-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-2-[(lH-pyrazol-5- ylmethylamino)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile, er: -3.5:1.
  • Step a To a 500 mL three-neck round bottom flask equipped with an internal thermometer under nitrogen was added (5)-(-)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine (7.1 mL, 7.1 mmol, 1M THF) and borane-dimethyl sulfide (3.6 mL, 7.2 mmol, 2M THF) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 10 min then diluted with dichloromethane (60 mL). Borane- dimethyl sulfide (130 mL, 260 mmol, 2M THF) was added at room temperature and the mixture was cooled to -30 °C. A solution of 4-bromoindan-l-one (13.6 g, 64.4 mmol) in
  • Step b To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (R)-4-bromoindan-l-ol (11.2 g, 52.6 mmol), 5- chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (9.1 g, 52.6 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (13.8 g, 52.6 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was slowly added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (10.3 mL, 52.6 mmol) in THF (25 mL). The mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature for three days.
  • Step c To a solution of 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (2.0 g, 5.4 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was added (5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methyl methanesulfonate (1.5 g, 7.1 mmol), followed by Cs 2 C0 3 (3.5 g, 11 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was re- extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL).
  • Step d To a solution of 5-[[5-[(l 1 S)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (0.83 g, 1.7 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (0.22 g, 1.8 mmol), aqueous 2M K 2 C0 3 (1.3 mL, 2.6 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
  • Step e To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(l 1 S)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (150 mg, 0.31 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added azetidin-3-ol hydrochloride (130 mg, 1.2 mmol), triethylamine (0.40 mL, 2.9 mmol), acetic acid (0.20 mL, 2.9 mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (190 mg, 0.88 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and
  • Step a To a cold (0 °C) solution of pyridazin-3-ylmethanol (500 mg, 4.5 mmol) and triethylamine (1.26 mL,9.1 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (5 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.60 mL, 7.8 mmol) by dropwise addition. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was added to water and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, and solvent was removed from the combined organic layers in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si0 2 , 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methyl methanesulfonate.
  • Step b To a solution of 5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (150 mg, 0.393 mmol) and pyridazin-3-ylmethyl methanesulfonate
  • Step c To a solution of 5-chloro-4-[(l 1 S)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- (pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added (2S,3R)-2- amino-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid (100 mg, 0.57 mmol) Na(OAc) 3 BH (100 mg, 0.49 mmol) and acetic acid (0.10 mL, 1.8 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 45 °C for overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA). The fractions were combined and diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i- PrOH (30 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCi i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA). The fractions were combined and diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (30 mL).
  • the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 1- methylethyl (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(l-S -4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan- l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoate as a trifluoroacetic acid salt.
  • the salt was neutralized by passing the purified fractions through an Agilent Technologies PL-HC03 MP SPE cartridge to obtain the neutral form, dr: -3.5:1.
  • Step a To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-one (10 g, 47 mmol) dissolved in methanol (110 mL) was added l-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-l,4 ⁇ diazoniabicyclo[2,2.2]octane
  • Step b To a solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoroindan-l-one (2.0 g, 8.7 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added sodium borohydride (380 mg, 10 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature, then quenched with the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL). Ethanol was removed in vacuo, and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography to obtain 4-bromo-2-fluoroindan-l-ol. MS: (ES) m/z
  • Step c To a cooled (0 °C) solution of re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoroindan-l-ol (1.2 g, 5.3 mmol), 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.96 g, 5.6 mmol),and triphenylphosphine (1.5 g, 5.7 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was slowly added DIAD (1.2 g, 5.6 mmol) in THF (40 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 16 h.
  • Step d To a solution of 4-[re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoro-indan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2- hydroxy-benzaldehyde (340 mg, 0.87 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added (5-cyano-3- pyridyl)methyl methanesulfonate (300 mg, 1.4 mmol), followed by Cs 2 C0 3 (1.0 g, 3.1 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 50 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with water, and the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step e To a solution of 5-[[5-[re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoro-indan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro- 2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (270 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DME (5 mL) was added 2-flurophenylboronic acid (120 mg, 0.86 mmol), K 2 C0 3 (240 mg, 1.7 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes. Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (110 mg, 0.096 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 h.
  • Step f To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[re -(lR,2R)-2-fluoro-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan- l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.097 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added L-serine (100 mg, 0.95 mmol), Na(OAc) 3 BH (105 mg, 0.50 mmol) and acetic acid (0.10 mL, 1.8 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 2 h. .
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (2S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[re -(lR,2R)-2-fluoro- 4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid.
  • purified HPLC fractions were basified with sodium bicarbonate, and solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • Step a To a cold (0 °C) solution of (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methanol (710 mg, 4.9 mmol) and triethylamine (1.8 mL, 13 mmol) in EtOAc (20 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.60 mL, 7.8 mmol) by dropwise addition. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 days. The reaction mixture was added to water and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, and solvent was removed from the combined organic layers in vacuo.
  • Step b To a solution of 5-chloro-4-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) and (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (200 mg, 0.90 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added cesium carbonate (400 mg, 1.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 40 °C overnight.
  • Step c To a solution of 5-chloro-2-[(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-4-[(lS)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde (50 mg, 0.098 mmol) in THF (1 mL) in a 4 mL glass vial was added 7M ammonia in methanol (1.4 mL, 9.8 mmol). The vial was secured with a teflon-lined screwcap and placed in an aluminum heating block maintained at 100 °C for four hours.
  • Step d To a solution of crude 2-[(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-5-chloro-4-[(lS)- 4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) was added 4-hydroxypiperidine (113 mg, 1.1 mmol), Na(OAc) 3 BH (125 mg, 0.59 mmol), and acetic acid (0.075 mL, 1.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight followed by an additional 6 h at 50 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain l-[[2-[(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-5-chloro-4- [(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methyl]piperidin-4-ol as a trifluoroacetic acid salt.
  • Step a To a solution of 5-[[5-[(l 1 S)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (570 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) was added 2-fluorophenylboronic acid (250 mg, 1.8 mmol), aqueous 2M K 2 C0 3 (1.20mL, 3.5 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
  • Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) 140 mg, 0.12 mmol was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). SThe organic layer was dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step b To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(l 1 S)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added L-serine (100 mg, 0.95 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (150 mg, 0.71 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i ' -PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step a To a solution of 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (200 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added iodomethane (130 ⁇ _, 2.1 mmol), followed by Cs 2 C0 3 (360 mg, 1.1 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 40 °C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (15 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was re-extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 mL).
  • Step b To a solution of 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-methoxy- benzaldehyde (210 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DME (5 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (79 mg, 0.65 mmol), aqueous 2M K 2 C0 3 (0.41 mL, 0.81 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (31 mg, 0.81 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight.
  • Step c To a solution of 5-chloro-2-methoxy-4-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- benzaldehyde (100 mg, 0.26 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added L-serine (100 mg, 0.95 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (150 mg, 0.71 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step a To a solution of 3-fluorocatechol (5.30 g, 41.2 mmol) and K 2 C0 3 (17.1 g, 124 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added 1,2-dibromoethane (3.90 mL, 45.3 mmol) and the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 4 days. Water (50 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step b To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine (1.0 g, 6.5 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was added bromine (1.2 g, 0.40 mL, 7.8 mmol), and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 24 h, saturated aqeous sodium metabisulfite (lOOmL) was added and the solution was extracted with
  • Step c To a solution of 6-bromo-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine (705 mg, 3.02 mmol), bw(pinacolato)diboron (1.53 g, 6.04 mmol), and potassium acetate (890 mg, 9.06 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (15mL) was added [l, -bw(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (244 mg, 0.299 mmol). The mixture was heated at 100 °C and stirred for 3 h.
  • Step d To a solution of 5-[[5-[(l 1 S)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL) and aqueous 2M K 2 C0 3 (0.40 mL, 0.80 mmol) was added 2-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (120 mg, 0.41 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
  • Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) 25 mg, 0.020 mmol was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C ofor 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step e To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(15)-4-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin- 6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (47 mg, 0.084 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added L-serine (70 mg, 0.67 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (90 mg, 0.42mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCi i-PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3- pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15 -4-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy- phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid as a di-trifluoroacetic acid salt, dr: -3.5:1. .
  • Step a To a solution of (R)-4-bromoindan-l-ol (5.0 g, 24 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (50 mL) and water (30 mL) was added 2-fluorophenylboronic acid (4.3, 31 mmol)and K 2 C0 3 (8.1 g, 59 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes . Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.8 lg, 0.71 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight.
  • Step b To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (R)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-ol (5.4 g, 24 mmol), 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (4.1 g, 24 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (6.2 g, 24 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was slowly added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (4.8 g, 24 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature for two days.
  • Step c To a cooled (-78 °C) solution of 5-chloro-4-[(l£ 4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l- yl]oxy-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was sequentially added pyridine (1.0 mL, 12 mmol) and triflic anhydride (0.87 mL, 5.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction was quenched by the careful addition of few milliliters of saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 .
  • Step d To a solution of [4-chloro-5-[(l 1 S)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl- phenyl] trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.19 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3 mL) and 2M
  • Step e To a solution of (5-[4-chloro-5-[(l-S')-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- formyl-phenyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (30 mg, 0.064 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added L-serine (60 mg, 0.57 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (60 mg, 0.28 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i ' -PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step a To a 1-L three-neck round bottom flask equipped with an internal thermometer under nitrogen was added (R)-(+)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine (3.2mL, 3.2 mmol, 1M THF) and borane-dimethyl sulfide (1.6 mL, 3.2 mmol, 2M THF) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 10 min then diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL). Borane-dimethyl sulfide (60 mL, 120 mmol, 2M THF) was added at room temperature and the mixture was cooled to -30 °C.
  • Step b To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (;S)-4-bromoindan-l-ol (1.7 g, 7.9 mmol), 5- chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (1.3g, 7.9 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (2.1 g, 7.9 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was slowly added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.7 mL, 8.7 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature for three days. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting crude residue was purified by flash
  • Step c To a solution of 4-[(lR)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (0.84 g, 2.29 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)nicotinonitrile (0.54 g, 2.75 mmol), followed by Cs 2 C0 3 (1.5 g, 4.58 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was re-extracted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (2 x 15 mL).
  • Step d To a solution of 5-[[5-[(lR)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (282 mg, 0.58 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL) was added 2-fluorophenylboronic acid (122 mg, 0.87 mmol), aqueous 2M K 2 C0 3 (1.30 mL,
  • Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (100 mg, 0.086 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step e To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (31 mg, 0.062 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added L- threonine (50 mg, 0.42 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (100 mg, 0.47 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH 3 CN-H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA). The fractions were combined and diluted with 2:1 CHCl 3 /i-PrOH (30 mL).
  • Example 36 Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(5-chloro-2 ⁇ -dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-[(5-cyano-3 ⁇ yridyl)methoxy]phenyl]methylamino]-3- hydroxy-propanoic acid
  • Example 46 Synthesis of (5-chloro-4-(((5)-4-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6- yl)-2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-l-yl)oxy)-2-((5-(methylsulfonyl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzyl)-L- serine
  • Plates were coated with 1 ⁇ g/mL of human PD-L1 (obtained from R&D) in PBS overnight at 4 °C. The wells were then blocked with PBS containing 2% BSA in PBS (W/V) with 0.05 % TWEEN-20 for 1 hour at 37 °C. The plates were washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20 and the samples were diluted to 1:5 in dilution medium in the ELISA plates. Human PD-1 and biotin O ⁇ g/mL (ACRO Biosystems) were added and incubated for lhour at 37 °C then washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20.
  • human PD-1 and biotin O ⁇ g/mL ACRO Biosystems
  • a second block was added with PBS containing 2% BSA in PBS (W/V)/0.05% TWEEN-20 for 10 min at 37 °C and was washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20.
  • Streptavidin -HRP was added for 1 hour at 37 °C then washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20.
  • TMB substrate was added and reacted for 20 min at 37 °C.
  • a stop solution (2 N aqueous H 2 S0 4 ) was added. The absorbance was read at 450 nm using a micro-plate spectrophotometer. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds That Contain Two Or More Ring Oxygen Atoms (AREA)
  • Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds are provided that are useful as immunomodulators. The compounds have the following Formula (II): including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1, R2a, R2b, R2c, R3, R4, R5, R6a, R6b, m and n are as defined herein. Methods associated with preparation and use of such compounds, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, are also disclosed.

Description

IMMUNOMODULATOR COMPOUNDS
CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/440,100 filed on December 29, 2016 and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/355, 119 filed on June 27, 2016, the contents of both are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
[0002] NOT APPLICABLE REFERENCE TO A "SEQUENCE LISTING," A TABLE, OR A COMPUTER
PROGRAM LISTING APPENDIX SUBMITTED ON A COMPACT DISK
[0003] NOT APPLICABLE
BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE
[0004] Programmed cell death- 1 (PD-1) is a member of the CD28 superfamily that delivers negative signals upon interaction with its two ligands, PD-L1 or PD-L2. PD-1 and its ligands are broadly expressed and exert a wide range of immunoregulatory roles in T cells activation and tolerance. PD-1 and its ligands are involved in attenuating infectious immunity and tumor immunity, and facilitating chronic infection and tumor progression.
[0005] Modulation of the PD-1 pathway has therapeutic potential in various human diseases (Hyun-Tak Jin et al., Curr Top Microbiol Immunol. (2011); 350: 17-37). Blockade of the PD-1 pathway has become an attractive target in cancer therapy. Therapeutic antibodies that block the programmed cell death protein- 1 (PD-1) immune checkpoint pathway prevent T-cell down regulation and promote immune responses against cancer. Several PD-1 pathway inhibitors have shown robust activity in various phases of clinical trials (RD Harvey, Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (2014); 96(2), 214-223). [0006] Accordingly, agents that block the interaction of PD-L1 with either PD-1 or CD80 are desired. Some antibodies have been developed and commercialized. However there is still a need for alternative compounds such as small molecules which may have advantageous characteristics in term of oral administration, stability, bioavailability, therapeutic index, and toxicity. A few patent applications disclosing non-peptidic small molecules have been published (WO
2015/160641, WO 2015/034820, and WO 2017/066227 from BMS; WO 2015/033299 and WO 2015/033301 from Aurigene; WO 2017/070089, US 2017/0145025 and WO 2017/106634 from Incyte) However, there remains a need for alternative small molecules useful as inhibitors of the PD-1 pathway.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE
[0007] In one aspect, provided herein are compounds having the formula (Π):
Figure imgf000003_0001
(Π) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1, R2a, R2b, R2c, R3, R4, R5, R6a, R^, m and n are as defined herein.
[0008] In addition to the compounds provided herein, the present disclosure further provides pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more of these compounds, as well as methods associated with preparation and use of such compounds. In some embodiments, the compounds are used in therapeutic methods to treat diseases associated with the PD-1/PD-L1 pathway.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0009] NOT APPLICABLE DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DISCLOSURE
Abbreviation and Definitions
[0010] The terms "a," "an," or "the" as used herein not only include aspects with one member, but also include aspects with more than one member. For instance, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a cell" includes a plurality of such cells and reference to "the agent" includes reference to one or more agents known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
[0011] The terms "about" and "approximately" shall generally mean an acceptable degree of error for the quantity measured given the nature or precision of the measurements. Typical, exemplary degrees of error are within 20 percent (%), preferably within 10%, and more preferably within 5% of a given value or range of values. Alternatively, and particularly in biological systems, the terms "about" and "approximately" may mean values that are within an order of magnitude, preferably within 5-fold and more preferably within 2-fold of a given value. Numerical quantities given herein are approximate unless stated otherwise, meaning that the term "about" or "approximately" can be inferred when not expressly stated.
[0012] The term "alkyl", by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e. C s means one to eight carbons). Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n- octyl, and the like. The term "alkyl" in its broadest sense is also meant to include those unsaturated groups such as alkenyl and alkynyl groups. The term "alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated alkyl group having one or more double bonds. Similarly, the term "alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated alkyl group having one or more triple bonds. Examples of such unsaturated alkyl groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3- (1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. The term "cycloalkyl" refers to hydrocarbon rings having the indicated number of ring atoms (e.g., C3.6cycloalkyl) and being fully saturated or having no more than one double bond between ring vertices. "Cycloalkyl" is also meant to refer to bicyclic and polycyclic hydrocarbon rings such as, for example, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, etc. The bicyclic or polycyclic rings may be fused, bridged, spiro or a combination thereof. The term "heterocycloalkyl" or "heterocyclyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group that contain from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. The heterocycloalkyl may be a monocyclic, a bicyclic or a polycylic ring system. The bicyclic or polycyclic rings may be fused, bridged, spiro or a combination thereof. It is understood that the recitation for C4-12 heterocyclyl, refers to a heterocycloalkyl moiety having from 5 to 12 ring members where at least one of the ring members is a heteroatom. Non limiting examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include
pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, butyrolactam, valerolactam, imidazolidinone, hydantoin, dioxolane, phthalimide, piperidine, 1,4-dioxane, morpholine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine-S-oxide, tWomorpholine-S,S-oxide, piperazine, pyran, pyridone, 3-pyrroline, thiopyran, pyrone, tetrahydrofuran, tetrhydrothiophene, quinuclidine, and the like. A
heterocycloalkyl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a ring carbon or a heteroatom.
[0013] The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH2CH2CH2CH2-. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present disclosure. A "lower alkyl" or "lower alkylene" is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having four or fewer carbon atoms. Similarly, "alkenylene" and "alkynylene" refer to the unsaturated forms of "alkylene" having double or triple bonds, respectively.
[0014] The term "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or
combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. The heteroatom Si may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include -CH2-CH2-0-CH3, -CH2-CH2-NH-CH3, -CH2-CH2-N(CH3)-CH3, -CH2-S-CH2- CH3, -CH2-CH2,-S(0)-CH3, -CH2-CH2-S(0)2-CH3, -CH=CH-0-CH3, -Si(CH3)3, -CH2-CH=N- OCH3, and -CH=CH-N(CH3)-CH3. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH2-NH-OCH3 and -CH2-0-Si(CH3)3. Similarly, the terms "heteroalkenyl" and "heteroalkynyl" by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, an alkenyl group or alkynyl group, respectively, that contains the stated number of carbons and having from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group.
[0015] The term "heteroalkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical, saturated or unsaturated or polyunsaturated, derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified by -CH2-CH2-S-CH2CH2- and -CH2-S-CH2-CH2-NH-CH2-
, -0-CH2-CH=CH-, -CH2-CH=C(H)CH2-0-CH2- and -S-CH2-C≡C-. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy,
alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). [0016] The terms "alkoxy," "alkylamino" and "alkylthio" (or thioalkoxy) are used in their conventional sense, and refer to those alkyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen atom, an amino group, or a sulfur atom, respectively. Additionally, for dialkylamino groups, the alkyl portions can be the same or different and can also be combined to form a 3-7 membered ring with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached. Accordingly, a group represented as -NRaRb is meant to include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, azetidinyl and the like.
[0017] The terms "halo" or "halogen," by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as "haloalkyl," are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term "Ci-4 haloalkyl" is mean to include trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3- bromopropyl, and the like.
[0018] The term "hydroxyalkyl" or "alkyl-OH" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, where at least one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a hydroxy group. As for the alkyl group, hydroxyalkyl groups can have any suitable number of carbon atoms, such as C1-6.
Exemplary alkylhydroxy groups include, but are not limited to, hydroxy-methyl, hydroxyethyl (where the hydroxy is in the 1- or 2-position), hydroxypropyl (where the hydroxy is in the 1-, 2- or 3-position), etc.
[0019] The term "C1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl" refers to a C1-3 alkyl group, as defined above, where at least one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a guanidinyl group ( -NC(NH)NH2 ). In some embodiments, C1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl refers a C1-3 alkyl group where one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a guanidinyl.
[0020] The term "aryl" means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, typically aromatic, hydrocarbon group which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together or linked covalently. The term "heteroaryl" refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom. It is understood that the recitation for Cs-io heteroaryl, refers to a heteroaryl moiety having from 5 to 10 ring members where at least one of the ring members is a heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl, while non-limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimindinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalaziniyl, benzotriazinyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, isobenzofuryl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzotriazinyl,
thienopyridinyl, thienopyrimidinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridines, benzothiaxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, pteridinyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, thienyl and the like. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below.
[0021] The term "carbocyclic ring" or "carbocyclyl" refers to cyclic moieties with only carbon atoms as ring vertices. Carbocyclic ring moieties are saturated or unsaturated and can be aromatic. Generally, carbocyclic moieties have from 3 to 10 ring members. Carbocylic moieties with multiple ring structure (e.g. bicyclic) can include a cycloalkyl ring fused to a aromatic ring (e.g. 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene). Thus, carboclicic rings include cyclopentyl, cyclohexenyl, naphthyl, and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl. The term "heterocyclic ring" refers to both
"heterocycloalkyl" and "heteroaryl" moieties. Thus, heterocyclic rings are saturated or unsaturated and can be aromatic. Generally, heterocyclic rings are 4 to 10 ring members and include piperidiyl, tetrazinyl, pyrazolo, and indolyl.
[0022] For brevity, the term "aryl" when used in combination with other terms {e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the term "arylalkyl" is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group {e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like).
[0023] The above terms {e.g., "alkyl," "aryl" and "heteroaryl"), in some embodiments, will include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below. For brevity, the terms aryl and heteroaryl will refer to substituted or unsubstituted versions as provided below, while the term "alkyl" and related aliphatic radicals is meant to refer to unsubstituted version, unless indicated to be substituted.
[0024] Substituents for the alkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl and cycloalkyl) can be a variety of groups selected from: -halogen, -OR', - NR'R", -SR', -SiR'R"R"', -OC(0)R', -C(0)R', -C02R', -CONR'R", -OC(0)NR'R", - NR"C(0)R', -NR'-C(0)NR"R"', -NR"C(0)2R', -NH-C(NH2)=NH, -NR'C(NH2)=NH, -NH- C(NH2)=NR', -S(0)R', -S(0)2R', -S(0)2NR'R", -NR'S(0)2R", -CN and -N02 in a number ranging from zero to (2 m'+l), where m' is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R', R" and R'" each independently refer to hydrogen, unsubstituted Q-s alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 alkoxy or Ci-8 thioalkoxy groups, or unsubstituted aryl-Ci-4 alkyl groups. When R' and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 3-, 4- , 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, -NR'R" is meant to include 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4- morpholinyl. The term "acyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl radical wherein two substitutents on the carbon that is closest to the point of attachment for the radical is replaced with the substitutent =0 (e.g., -C(0)CH3, -C(0)CH2CH2OR' and the like).
[0025] Similarly, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are generally selected from: -halogen, -OR', -OC(0)R', -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -N02, - C02R', -CONR'R", -C(0)R', -OC(0)NR'R", -NR"C(0)R', -NR"C(0)2R', ,-NR'- C(0)NR"R"', -NH-C(NH2)=NH, -NR'C(NH2)=NH, -NH-C(NH2)=NR', -S(0)R', - S(0)2R', -S(0)2NR'R", -NR'S(0)2R", -N3, perfluoro(C1-C4)alkoxy, and perfluoro(C1-C4)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R', R" and R'" are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted aryl and heteroaryl, (unsubstituted aryl)-Ci-4 alkyl, and unsubstituted aryloxy-Ci-4 alkyl. Other suitable substituents include each of the above aryl substituents attached to a ring atom by an alkylene tether of from 1-4 carbon atoms.
[0026] Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -T-C(0)-(CH2)q-U-, wherein T and U are independently -NH-, -0-, -CH2- or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 2.
Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH2)rB-, wherein A and B are independently -CH2-, -0-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -S(0)2NR'- or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 3. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -(CH2)s-X-(CH2)t- , where s and t are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is -0-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -
S(0)2-, or -S(0)2NR'-. The substituent R' in -NR'- and -S(0)2NR'- is selected from hydrogen or unsubstituted Q-6 alkyl.
[0027] As used herein, the term "heteroatom" is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and silicon (Si). [0028] The term "ionic liquid" refers to any liquid that contains mostly ions. Preferably, in the present disclosure, "ionic liquid" refers to the salts whose melting point is relatively low (e.g., below 250 °C). Examples of ionic liquids include but are not limited to l-butyl-3- methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-octyl-3- methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-nonyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, 1-decyl- 3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, l-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate and l-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium bromide, and the like.
[0029] The terms "patient" and "subject" include primates (especially humans), domesticated companion animals (such as dogs, cats, horses, and the like) and livestock (such as cattle, pigs, sheep, and the like). [0030] As used herein, the term "treating" or "treatment" encompasses both disease-modifying treatment and symptomatic treatment, either of which may be prophylactic (i.e., before the onset of symptoms, in order to prevent, delay or reduce the severity of symptoms) or therapeutic (i.e., after the onset of symptoms, in order to reduce the severity and/or duration of symptoms). [0031] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of salts derived from pharmaceutically- acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, naturally-occuring amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, Ν,Ν'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2- diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N- ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperadine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric,
monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge, S.M., et al,
"Pharmaceutical Salts", Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
[0032] The neutral forms of the compounds may be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present disclosure.
[0033] Certain compounds of the present disclosure can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. Certain compounds of the present disclosure may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present disclosure and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0034] Certain compounds of the present disclosure possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers, regioisomers and individual isomers (e.g., separate enantiomers) are all intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. The compounds of the present disclosure may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I) or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. For example, the compounds may be prepared such that any number of hydrogen atoms are replaced with a deuterium ( H) isotope. The compounds of the present disclosure may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. Unnatural proportions of an isotope may be defined as ranging from the amount found in nature to an amount consisting of 100% of the atom in question. For example, the compounds may incorporate radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I) or carbon-14 (14C), or non-radioactive isotopes, such as deuterium ( H) or carbon- 13 ( C). Such isotopic variations can provide additional utilities to those described elsewhere within this application. For instance, isotopic variants of the compounds of the disclosure may find additional utility, including but not limited to, as diagnostic and/or imaging reagents, or as cytotoxic/radiotoxic therapeutic agents. Additionally, isotopic variants of the compounds of the disclosure can have altered pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic characteristics which can contribute to enhanced safety, tolerability or efficacy during treatment. All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
COMPOUNDS
[0035] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides compounds having the formula (Π)
Figure imgf000012_0001
(Π) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C5-8 cycloalkyl, C6-1o aryl and thienyl,
wherein the C6-1o aryl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents; each Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rc, -C02Ra,
-CONRaRb, -C(0)Ra, -OC(0)NRaRb, -NRbC(0)Ra, -NRbC(0)2Rc, -NRa-C(0)NRaRb, -NRaRb, -ORa, -O-X^OR3 , -O- X^COzR3, -O-X^CONR'R",
-X^OR3, -X^NR'R", - X^CO^3, -X^CONR^, -SF5, and -S(0)2NRaRb, wherein each X1 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, wherein the five or six-membered ring is optionally substituted with oxo; each Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rx substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five, six or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, oxo, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
each R2a, R2b and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -Rd, -C02Re, -CONR^, -C(0)Re, -OC(0)NReRf, -NRfC(0)Re, -NRfC(0)2Rd,
-NR^C^NR^, -NReRf, -ORe, -0-X2-ORe, -0-X2-NR¾f, -O- X2-C02Re,
-O-X^CONR^, -X2-ORe, -X2-NR¾f, -X2-C02Re, -X2-CONReRf, -SF5, -SCO^NR^, C6-1o aryl and Cs-io heteroaryl, wherein each X2 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six- membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O and S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NRgRh and C4-12 heterocyclyl, wherein the C4-12 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 Ry;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, -CN, -R\ -C02Rj, -CONRjRk, -CONHC1-6 alkyl-OH, -C(0)Rj, -OC(0)NRjRk, - NRjC(0)Rk, -NRjC(0)2Rk, CONOH, P03H2, -NRj-C1-6 alkyl- C(0)2Rk, -NRjC(0)NRjRk, -NRjRk, -ORj, -S(0)2NRjRk, -0-C1-6alkyl-ORj,
-0-C1-6alkyl-NRjRk, -0-C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj, -0-C1-6 alkyl-CONRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-ORj, - C1-6 alkyl-NRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj, -C1-6 alkyl-CONRjRk, and SF5,
wherein the C1-6 alkyl portion of Ry is optionally further substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, wherein each Rj and Rk is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, and C1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom R* and Rk can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six- membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl each of which may be optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H;
selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
selected from -C1-8 alkyl, C1-8 haloalkyl, C1-8 alkyl-COOH, C1-8 alkyl-OH, C1-8 alkyl- CONH2, C1-8 alkyl-S02NH2, C1-8 alkyl-P03H2, C1-8 alkyl-CONOH, C1-8 alkyl-NRhlRh2, - C(0)-C1-8alkyl, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-OH, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-COOH, C3-10 cycloalkyl,-C3-10 cycloalkyl-COOH, -C3-1o cycloalkyl-OH, C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C4-8 heterocyclyl-COOH, - C4-8 heterocyclyl-OH, -C1-8 alkyl-C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C1-8 alkyl-C3-1o cycloalkyl, Cs-io heteroaryl, -Ci.salkyl-C5.i0 heteroaryl, C10 carbocyclyl, -C1-8 alkyl-C6-1o aryl, -C1-8 alkyl- (C=O)-C6-10 aryl, -C1-8 alkyl-NH(C=0)-C1-8 alkenyl , -C1-8 alkyl-NH(C=0)-C1-8 alkyl, -Cj. 8 alkyl-NH(C=0)-C1-8 alkynyl, -C1-8 alkyl-(C=0)-NH-C1-8 alkyl-COOH, and -C1-8 alkyl- (C=0)-NH-C1-8 alkyl-OH optionally substituted with C02H; or
Rh combined with the N to which it is attached is a mono-, di- or tri-peptide comprising 1-3 natural amino acids and 0-2 non-natural amino acids, wherein
the non-natural aminoacids have an alpha carbon substituent selected from the group consisting of C2-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl, and C1-4 alkyl-heteroaryl, the alpha carbon of each natural or non-natural amino acids are optionally further substituted with a methyl group, and
the terminal moiety of the mono-, di-, or tri-peptide is selected from the group consisting of C(0)OH, C(0)0-C1-6 alkyl, and P03H2, wherein
R^ and R*2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-4 hydroxyalkyl;
the C1-8 alkyl portions of Rh are optionally further substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, COO- C1-8 alkyl, P03H2 and C5-6 heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 C1-3 alkyl substituents,
the Cio carbocyclyl, Cs-io heteroaryl and the C6-1o aryl portions of Rh are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH)2, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl- S02NH2, C1-4alkyl CONH2, C1-4alkyl-CONOH, C1-4alkyl- P03H2, C^alkyl-COOH, and phenyl and the C4-8 heterocyclyl and C3-1o cycloalkyl portions of Rh are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 Rw substituents;
each Rw substituent is independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl-OH, C1-4 alkyl-COOH, C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C1-4 alkyl CONH2, C1-4 alkyl- CONOH, C1-4 alkyl-P03H, OH, COO- C1-8 alkyl, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2 and oxo;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 haloalkyl, 0-C1-8 alkyl-Rz, C6-1o aryl, Cs-io heteroaryl , -0-C1-4 alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -0-C1-4 alkyl-Cs-io heteroaryl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and the Cs-io heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rz;
each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rm, -C02Rn,
-CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn, -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp,
-X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, -S(0)2RnRp, -S(0)2NRnRp, and three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring wherein the three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered
heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rl, wherein each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl,
C1-8haloalkyl, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn,
-OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn,
-0-X3-ORn , -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp, -X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, and -S(0)2NRnRp;
wherein each X3 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rn and Rp is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rm is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rz substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rq, -C02Rr,
-CONRrRs, -C(0)Rr, -OC(0)NRrRs, -NRrC(0)Rs, -NRrC(0)2Rq, -NRr-C(0)NRrRs, -NRrRs, -ORr, -0-X4-ORr, -0-X4-NRrRs, -O- X4-C02Rr, -0-X4-CONRrRs, -X4-ORr, -X4-NRrRs, -X4-C02Rr, -X4-CONRrRs, -SF5, -S(0)2NRrRs, wherein each X4 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rr and Rs is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R6a is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl; each R6b is independently selected from the group consisting of F, C1-4 alkyl, 0-Ru, C1-4
haloalkyl, NRURV, wherein each Ru and Rv is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same mtrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; and m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4
[0036] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds having the formula (ID
Figure imgf000016_0001
(Π) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of C6-1o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C6.
thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents;
x is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rc, -C02Ra, -CONRaRb, -C(0)Ra, -OC(0)NRaRb, -NRbC(0)Ra, -NRbC(0)2Rc, -NRa-C(0)NRaRb, -NRaRb, -ORa, -O-X^OR3 , -O- X^COzR3, -O-X^CONR'R", -X^OR3, -X^NRH", - X^COzR3, -X^CONR^", -SF5, -S(0)2NRaRb, wherein each X1 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, wherein the five or six-membered ring is optionally substituted with oxo; each Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rx substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five, six or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from oxo, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
each R2a, R2b and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -Rd, -C02Re, -CONR^, -C(0)Re, -OC(0)NReRf, -NRfC(0)Re, -NRfC(0)2Rd,
-NR^CCC NR^, -NReRf, -ORe, -0-X2-ORe, -0-X2-NR¾f, -O- X2-C02Re,
-O-X^CONR^, -X2-ORe, -X2-NR¾f, -X2-C02Re, -X2-CONReRf, -SF5, -SCO^NR^, wherein each X2 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh and C4-12 heterocyclyl wherein the C4-12
heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 Ry;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R1, -C02RJ,
-CONRjRk, -CONHC1-6alkyl-OH, -C(0)Rj, -OC(0)NRjRk, -NRjC(0)Rk, -NRjC(0)2Rk, -CONOH, -P03H2, -NRj-C1-6 alkyl-C(0)2Rk, -NRjC(0)NRjRk, -NRjRk, -ORj,
-S(0)2NRjRk, -0-C1-6alkyl-ORj, -0-C1-6 alkyl-NRjRk, -0-C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj,
-0-C1-6alkyl-CONRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-ORj, - C1-6 alkyl-NRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj,
-C1-6 alkyl-CONRjRk, and SF5, wherein the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, wherein each Rj and Rk is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with OH,
S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, and C1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom PJ and Rk can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl each of which may be optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H;
Rgis selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
Rhis selected from -C1-8 alkyl, -C1-8 alkyl-N(C=0)-C1-8 alkenyl , -C1-8 alkyl-N(C=0)-C1-8 alkyl, - C1-8 alkyl-N(C=0)-C1-8 alkynyl, -C1-8 alkyl-(C=0)-N-C1-8 alkyl-OH optionally substituted with C02H, -C1-8 alkyl-(C=0)-N-C1-8 alkyl-COOH, C3-10 cycloalkyl,-C3-10 cycloalkyl- COOH, C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C4-8 heterocyclyl-COOH, -C4-8 heterocyclyl-OH,-C3-10 cycloalkyl-OH, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-OH, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-COOH, C1-8 haloalkyl, -C1-8 alkyl-C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C1-8 alkyl-C3-1o cycloalkyl, -Ci.salkyl-C5.i0 heteroaryl, -C1-8 alkyl-C6-io aryl, C1-8 alkyl-OH, C1-8 alkyl-CONH2, C1-8 alkyl-S02NH2, Q.
8 alkyl-P03H2, C1-8 alkyl-CONOH, C3-10 cycloalkyl, and C1-8 alkyl-COOH, wherein the C1-8 alkyl is optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, COO-C1-8 alkyl and P03H2, wherein the Cs-io heteroaryl and the C6-1o aryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH)2, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2,
COO-C1-8alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C1-4alkyl CONH2, C1-4alkyl- CONOH, C1-4alkyl- P03H2, and C1-4alkyl-COOH, and wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl and C3-1o cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rw substituents;
each Rw substituent is independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl-OH, C1-4 alkyl-COOH, C1-4 alkyl-S02NH2, C1-4 alkyl CONH2, C1-4 alkyl- CONOH, C1-4 alkyl-P03H, OH, COO-
C1-8 alkyl, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2 and oxo;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 haloalkyl, 0-C1-8 alkyl-Rz, C6-1o aryl, Cs-io heteroaryl , -0-C1-4 alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -0-C1-4 alkyl-Cs-io heteroaryl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and the C5-1o heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rz;
each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rm, -C02Rn,
-CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn, -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp, -X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, -S(0)2NRnRp, and three to seven- membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring wherein the three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rl, wherein each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C1-8haloalkyl, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn,
-0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp, -X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, and -S(0)2NRnRp;
wherein each X3 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rn and Rp is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rm is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rz substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
the subscript n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rq, -C02Rr,
-CONRrRs, -C(0)Rr, -OC(0)NRrRs, -NRrC(0)Rs, -NRrC(0)2Rq, -NRr-C(0)NRrRs,
-NRrRs, -ORr, -0-X4-ORr, -0-X4-NRrRs, -O- X4-C02Rr, -0-X4-CONRrRs, -X4-ORr, -X4-NRrRs, -X4-C02Rr, -X4-CONRrRs, -SF5, -S(0)2NRrRs, wherein each X4 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rr and Rs is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R6a is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl;
each R6b is independently selected from the group consisting of F, C1-4 alkyl, 0-Ru, C1-4
haloalkyl, NRURV, wherein each Ru and Rv is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; and
the subscript m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
[0037] In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula (Ila)
Figure imgf000020_0001
[0038] In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof having the formula (lib)
Figure imgf000020_0002
[0039] In some embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and thienyl, wherein the phenyl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents. In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rx wherein each Rx is
independently selected from halogen, C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 haloalkyl, -NRaRb, and CN, and optionally when two Rx substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused six-membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from oxo, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with F. In some embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000021_0001
[0040] In some embodiments, each R a, R and R c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -Rd, -NR¾f, -ORe, -X2-ORe, -X2-NReRf, wherein X2 is C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt. In some embodiments, R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is halogen. In some embodiments, R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is Cl.
[0041] In some embodiments, n is 0, 1 or 2 and each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rq, -NRrRs, and -ORr, wherein each Rr and Rs is
independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl and C1-8 haloalkyl and each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl and C1-8 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, n is 0. [0042] In some embodiments, R a is H. In some embodiments, m is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1 and R^ is selected from the group consisting of F, C1-4 alkyl, 0-Ru, C1-4 haloalkyl and NRURV, wherein each Ru and Rv is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, m is 1 and R6b is F.
[0043] In some embodiments,
[0044] In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000022_0001
[0045] In some embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-4 alkyl, 0-C1-6 alkyl-Rz, C6-1o aryl, C5-1o heteroaryl , -0-C1-4 alkyl-C6-1oaryl and -0-C1-4 alkyl-Cs.io heteroaryl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and the C5-1o heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rz, wherein each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rm, -CO^",
-CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -S(0)2NRnRp, three to seven-membered carbocyclic ring and four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring wherein the three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rl, wherein each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C1-8haloalkyl, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn,
and -S(0)2NRnRp. In some embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-4 alkyl, 0-C1-6 alkyl-CN, phenyl, pyridinyl , -0-C1-2 alkyl-pyridinyl, -0-C1-2 alkyl-pyrimidinyl, -O- C1-2 alkyl- pyridazinyl, and -0-C1-2 alkyl-phenyl, wherein the pyridinyl, phenyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rz, wherein each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -C02Rn, -NRnRp, -ORn, and piperidinyl optionally substituted with OH. [0046] In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000023_0001
[0048] In some embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh and C4-6 heterocyclyl wherein the C4-6 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ry, wherein Rg is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl, and wherein Rhis -C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, COO-C1-8 alkyl, C5-6 heteroaryl, C5-6 heterocyclyl and P03H2, wherein the C5-6 heteroaryl and the C5-6 heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH)2, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH,
P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C^alkyl CONH2, C1-4alkyl- CONOH, C1-4alkyl- P03H2, and C1-4alkyl-COOH and wherein the C5-6 heterocyclyl is additionally optionally substituted with oxo. In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl, wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is linked through the nitrogen atom and wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ry, wherein each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of -C02H, CONOH, P03H2, OH, S02NH2, CONH2, and COO-Ci. 8alkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is NHRh, wherein Rhis -C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, CONH2, P03H2, tetrazolyl, tetrazolonyl, and pyrazolyl. In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000024_0001
H H and H ^ [0049] In some embodiments, R3 is -NRgRh. In some embodiments, Rh combined with the N to which it is attached is a mono-, di- or tri-peptide comprising 1-3 natural amino acids and 0-2 non-natural amino acids, wherein
the non-natural aminoacids have an alpha carbon substituent selected from the group consisting of C2-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl, and C1-4 alkly-heteroaryl, the alpha carbon of each natural or non-natural amino acids are optionally further substituted with a methyl group, and
the terminal moiety of the mono-, di-, or tri-peptide is selected from the group consisting of C(0)OH, C(0)0-C1-6 alkyl, and P03H2. [0050] In some embodiments, each natural amino acid of Rh is independently selected from the group consisting of serine, alanine, glycine, lysine, argining, threonine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, asparatate, asparagine, histidine, and leucine.
[0051] In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rx, R6a is H, R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-4 alkyl, 0-C1-6 alkyl-CN, phenyl, pyridinyl , -0-C1-2 alkyl-pyridinyl, -0-C1-2 alkyl-pyrimidinyl, -0-C1-2 alkyl- pyridazinyl, and -0-C1-2 alkyl-phenyl, wherein the pyridinyl, phenyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rz, wherein each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -C02Rn, -NRnRp, -ORn, and piperidinyl optionally substituted with OH, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh and C4-6 heterocyclyl wherein the C4-6 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ry, wherein Rg is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl, and wherein Rhis -C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents
independently selected from OH, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, COO-C1-8 alkyl, C5-6 heteroaryl, C5-6 heterocyclyl and P03H2, wherein the C5-6 heteroaryl and the C5-6 heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH)2, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C1-4alkyl CONH2, C1-4alkyl-CONOH, C1-4alkyl- P03H2, and C1-4alkyl-COOH and wherein the C5-6 heterocyclyl is additionally optionally substituted with oxo.
[0052] In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rx wherein each Rx is independently selected from halogen, C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 haloalkyl, -NRaRb, and CN, wherein R2b and R2c are both H, R2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4 0, n is 0, R4 is
Figure imgf000026_0001
, and R is selected from the group consisting of NHRh, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl, wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is linked through the nitrogen atom and wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ry, wherein each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of C02H, CONOH, P03H2, OH, S02NH2, CONH2, and COO-Q. 8alkyl, and wherein Rhis C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, CONH2, P03H2, tetrazolyl, tetrazolonyl, and pyrazolyl. In some embodiment, R2a is halogen. [0053] In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of ++ or +++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of +++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of ++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 2 having an activity of +.
[0054] In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of ++ or +++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of +++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of ++. In some embodiments, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the compounds of Table 3 having an activity of +.
[0055] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides compounds having the formula (I):
Figure imgf000027_0001
ω
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of C6-1o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and
thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents;
each Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rc,
-C02Ra, -CONRaRb, -C(0)Ra, -OC(0)NRaRb, -NRbC(0)Ra, -NRbC(0)2Rc, -NRa-
C(0)NRaRb, -NRaRb, -ORa, -O-X^OR3 , -O- X^COzR3,
-O-X^CONR'R", -X^OR3, -X^NR'R", - X^COzR3, -X^CONR^, -SF5 and
-S(0)2NRaRb, wherein each X1 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rx substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
each R2a, R2b, and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -Rd, -C02Re, -CONR^, -C(0)Re, -OC(0)NReRf, -NRfC(0)Re, -NRfC(0)2Rd,
-NR^CCC NR^, -NReRf, -ORe, -0-X2-ORe , -0-X2-NR¾f, -O- X2-C02Re,
-O-X^CONR^, -X2-ORe, -X2-NR¾f, - X2-C02Re, -X^CONR^, -SF5,
and -S(0)2NReRf, wherein each X2 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NRgRh and C4-8 heterocyclyl wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 Ry;
Rg is selected from H or C1-8 alkyl;
Rhis selected from C1-8 alkyl, C1-8 haloalkyl, -C1-8alkyl-C4-8 heterocyclyl, -Ci.salkyl-C5.i0
heteroaryl, Ci.8 alkyl-OH, and Ci.8 alkyl-COOH, wherein the Ci.8alkyl is optionally substituted with OH or COOH, wherein the Cs.io heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, Ci.4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, and C1-4alkyl-COOH, and wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rw substituents;
each Rw substituent is independently selected from C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl-COOH and oxo;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R1, -C02RJ,
-CONRjRk, -CONHC1-4alkyl-OH, -C(0)Rj, -OC(0)NRjRk, -NRjC(0)Rk, -NRjC(0)2Rk, -NRj-C1-4alkyl-RjC(0)2Rk, -NRjC(0)NRjRk, -NRjRk, -ORj, -S(0)2NRjRk,
-0-C1-4alkyl-ORj, -0-C1-4alkyl-NRjRk, -0-C1-4alkyl-C02Rj, -0-C1-4alkyl-CONRjRk,
-C1-4alkyl-ORj, - C1-4alkyl-NRjRk, -C^alkyl-CO^, -C1_4alkyl-CONRjRk and SF5, wherein the C1-4alkyl is optionally substituted with OH or C02H, wherein each R* and Rk is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with OH or C02H, and C1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with OH or C02H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom R* and Rk can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with OH or C02H;
R4a is selected from
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein the C6-1oaryl and the C5.10 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rz;
each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rm, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm,
-NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn, -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn,
-0-X3-CONRnRp, -X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5
and -S(0)2NRnRp, wherein each X3 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rn and Rp is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rm is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rz substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
the subscript n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rq,
-C02Rr, -CONRrRs, -C(0)Rr, -OC(0)NRrRs, -NRrC(0)Rs, -NRrC(0)2Rq,
-NRr-C(0)NRrRs, -NRrRs, -ORr, -0-X4-ORr, -0-X4-NRrRs, -O- X4-C02Rr,
-0-X4-CONRrRs, -X4-ORr, -X4-NRrRs, -X4-C02Rr, -X4-CONRrRs, -SF5 and -S(0)2NRrRs, wherein each X4 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rr and Rs is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl.
[0056] In some embodiments, compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided having the formula (la)
Figure imgf000029_0001
(la)
[0057] In some embodiments, compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided having the formula (lb)
Figure imgf000030_0001
[0058] In some embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of C6-1o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents. [0059] In some embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and thienyl, wherein the phenyl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents. In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents. In some embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted phenyl.
[0060] In some embodiments, each R2a, R2b, and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -Rd, -NR¾f, -ORe, -X2-ORe, -X2-NR¾f, wherein X2 is C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl.
[0061] In some embodiments, each R2a, R2b and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt.
[0062] In some embodiments, R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt. [0063] In some embodiments, R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is halogen.
[0064] In some embodiments, R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is CI.
[0065] In some embodiments, n is 0, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, n is 0. [0066] In some embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh and C4-8 heterocyclyl wherein Rg is H and wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl is linked through a N and is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 Ry.
[0067] In some embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh and C4-8 heterocyclyl wherein Rg is H, Rh is selected from -C1-8alkyl-tetrazole, -C1-8alkyl-pyrazole, -Q. 8alkyl- pyrrolidine, C1-8 alkyl-OH, and C1-8 alkyl-COOH, wherein the C1-8alkyl is optionally substituted with OH or COOH, wherein the tetrazole is optionally substituted with OH, wherein the pyrrolidine is optionally substituted with oxo, wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl is azetidine or piperidine and is linked through the N and is optionally substituted with OH or COOH. [0068] In some embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh and C4-8 heterocyclyl wherein Rgis H, Rhis selected from -C1-4alkyl-tetrazole, -C1-4alkyl-pyrazole, -Q. 4alkyl- pyrrolidine, C1-4 alkyl-OH, and C1-4 alkyl-COOH, wherein the C1-4alkyl is optionally substituted with OH or COOH, wherein the tetrazole is optionally substituted with OH, wherein the pyrrolidine is optionally substituted with oxo, wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl is azetidine or piperidine and is linked through the N and is optionally substituted with OH or COOH.
[0069] In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000031_0001
[0070] In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000032_0001
[0071] In some embodiments, R4a is selected from -C1-2alkyl-C6-1oaryl and -C1-2alkyl-C5. 10 heteroaryl, wherein the Ce-ioaryl and the Cs-io heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rz. In some embodiments, R4a is -C1-2alkyl-C5.6 heteroaryl, wherein the C5-6 heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rz. In some embodiments, R4a is -CH2-C5-1o heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rz. In some embodiments, R4a is -CH2-C5-6 heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rz. In some embodiments, R4a is -CH2-pyridinyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rz.
[0072] In some embodiments, R4a is
Figure imgf000032_0002
°r
[0073] In addition to the compounds provided above, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of those compounds are also provided. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, Ν,Ν'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperadine, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine,
trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, hydrochloric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p- tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, arginate, glucuronic acid and galactunoric acids. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, hydrochloric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfomc, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, arginate, glucuronic acid and galactunoric acids. In some
embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium or hydrochloric.
[0074] In addition to salt forms, the present disclosure provides compounds which are in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present disclosure. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present disclosure by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present disclosure when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
[0075] An ester may be used as a prodrug for the corresponding carboxylic acid. A C\.\o alkyl ester or a C1-10 haloalkyl ester may be used as a prodrug for the corresponding carboxylic acid. The following esters may be used: ter-butyl ester, methyl ester, ethyl ester, isopropyl ester. More specifically, ester prodrugs may be used as R groups such as threonine or serine prodrug esters which are linked to the rest of the molecule through their nitrogen. More specifically, the following prodrugs may be used for R :
alkyl
Figure imgf000033_0001
[0076] More specifically, the following prodrugs may be used for R3:
Figure imgf000034_0001
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
[0077] In addition to the compounds provided herein, compositions of those compounds will typically contain a pharmaceutical carrier or diluent.
[0078] The term "composition" as used herein is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts. By
"pharmaceutically acceptable" it is meant the carrier, diluent or excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
[0079] In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (Hb), (I), (la), or (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, is provided.
[0080] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more additional therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti-proliferation agent. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of one or more of CCX354, CCX9588, CCX140, CCX872, CCX598, CCX6239, CCX9664, CCX2553, CCX 2991, CCX282, CCX025, CCX507, CCX430, CCX765, CCX224, CCX662, CCX650, CCX832, CCX168, and CCX168-M1.
[0081] The pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of the compounds of this disclosure may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy and drug delivery. All methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing the active ingredient into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation. In the pharmaceutical composition the active object compound is included in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process or condition of diseases.
[0082] The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions and self-emulsifications as described in U.S. Patent Application 2002-0012680, hard or soft capsules, syrups, elixirs, solutions, buccal patch, oral gel, chewing gum, chewable tablets, effervescent powder and effervescent tablets. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, antioxidants and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as cellulose, silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, glucose, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example PVP, cellulose, PEG, starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated, enterically or otherwise, by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the techniques described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
[0083] Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, polyethylene glycol (PEG) of various average sizes (e.g., PEG400, PEG4000) and certain surfactants such as cremophor or solutol, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Additionally, emulsions can be prepared with a non-water miscible ingredient such as oils and stabilized with surfactants such as mono- or di-glycerides, PEG esters and the like.
[0084] Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxy-ethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
[0085] Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid. [0086] Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
[0087] The pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may also be in the form of oil-in- water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring gums, for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
[0088] Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents. Oral solutions can be prepared in combination with, for example, cyclodextrin, PEG and surfactants.
[0089] The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
[0090] The compounds of the present disclosure may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols. Additionally, the compounds can be administered via ocular delivery by means of solutions or ointments. Still further, transdermal delivery of the subject compounds can be accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like. For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of the present disclosure are employed. As used herein, topical application is also meant to include the use of mouth washes and gargles.
[0091] The compounds of this disclosure may also be coupled a carrier that is a suitable polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxy-propyl-methacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethyl-aspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds of the disclosure may be coupled to a carrier that is a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels. Polymers and semipermeable polymer matrices may be formed into shaped articles, such as valves, stents, tubing, prostheses and the like. In one embodiment of the disclosure, the compound of the disclosure is coupled to a polymer or semipermeable polymer matrix that is formed as a stent or stent-graft device.
METHODS OF TREATING DISEASES AND DISORDERS
[0092] The compounds of the disclosure may be used as immunomodulators. The compounds of the disclosure may be used as agonists, antagonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists, inhibitors of PD-1 and/or PD-L1 in a variety of contexts, both in vitro and in vivo. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be used as inhibitors of the PD-1/PD-L1 protein protein interaction. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be used as inhibitors of PD-L1. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be used as inhibitors of the CD80/PD-L1 protein protein interaction. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be used to inhibit the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 and/or PD-1 and CD80 and/or PD-1 and PD-L2 in vitro or in vivo. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be used to inhibit VISTA and/or TIM-3. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be inhibitors of the PD-l/PD-Ll protein protein interaction and inhibitors of VISTA and/or TIM-3. In some embodiments, in addition to being inhibitors of the PD-l/PD-Ll protein protein interaction, the compounds of the disclosure may be inhibitors of CTLA-4 and/or BTLA and/or LAG-3 and/or KLRG-1 and/or 2B4 and/or CD 160 and/or HVEM and/or CD48 and/or E-cadherin and/or MHC-II and/or galectin-9 and/or CD86 and/or PD-L2 and/or VISTA and/or TIM-3 and/or CD80.
[0093] The compounds of the disclosure may be contacted with the receptor they interact with, in aqueous solution and under conditions otherwise suitable for binding of the ligand to the receptor. The receptor may be present in suspension (e.g., in an isolated membrane or cell preparation), in a cultured or isolated cell, or in a tissue or organ.
[0094] Preferably, the amount of the compounds of the disclosure contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to inhibit the PD-l/PD-Ll binding in vitro as measured, for example, using an ELISA. The receptor may be present in solution or suspension, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient.
[0095] In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are useful for restoring and augmenting T cell activation. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are useful for enhancing an immune response in a patient. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are useful for treating, preventing, or slowing the progression of diseases or disorders in a variety of therapeutic areas, such as cancer and infectious diseases.
[0096] In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure can be used for treating patients suffering from conditions that are responsive to PD-l/PD-Ll protein protein interaction modulation.
[0097] In some embodiments, a method of modulating an immune response mediated by the PD-1 signaling pathway in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition comprising a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided.
[0098] In some embodiments, a method of enhancing, stimulating, modulating and/or increasing the immune response in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (Π), (Ila), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided. [0099] In some embodiments, a method of inhibiting growth, proliferation, or metastasis of cancer cells in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ila), (Hb), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided.
[0100] In some embodiments, a method of treating a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of a compound of the present disclosure including a compound of Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided.
[0101] In some embodiments, the subject suffers from a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of an infectious disease, a bacterial infectious disease, a viral infectious disease a fungal infectious disease, a solid tumor, a hematological malignancy, an immune disorder, an inflammatory disease, and cancer. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, glioblastoma, esophagus tumor, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, uveal melanoma, lymphoma, lymphocytic lymphoma, primary CNS lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, prostate cancer, castration-resistant prostate cancer, chronic myelocytic leukemia, Kaposi's sarcoma fibrosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, angiosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, synovioma, , meningioma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, sarcoma of soft tissue, sarcoma, sepsis, biliary tumor, basal cell carcinoma, thymus neoplasm, cancer of the thyroid gland, cancer of the parathyroid gland, uterine cancer, cancer of the adrenal gland, liver infection, Merkel cell carcinoma, nerve tumor, follicle center lymphoma, colon cancer, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, leukemia, chronic or acute leukemias including acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple myeloma, ovary tumor, myelodysplastic syndrome, cutaneous or intraocular malignant melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, small-cell lung cancer, lung cancer, mesothelioma, breast cancer, squamous non-small cell lung cancer (SCLC), non-squamous
NSCLC, colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, Pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, cancer of the head or neck, gastrointestinal tract, stomach cancer, HTV, Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, hepatitis D, herpes viruses, papillomaviruses, influenza, bone cancer, skin cancer, rectal cancer, cancer of the anal region, testicular cancer, carcinoma of the fallopian tubes, carcinoma of the endometrium, carcinoma of the cervix, carcinoma of the vagina, carcinoma of the vulva, cancer of the esophagus, cancer of the small intestine, cancer of the endocrine system, cancer of the urethra, cancer of the penis, cancer of the bladder, cancer of the kidney, cancer of the ureter, carcinoma of the renal pelvis, neoplasm of the central nervous system (CNS), tumor angiogenesis, spinal axis tumor, brain stem glioma, pituitary adenoma, epidermoid cancer, abestosis, carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, papillary carcinoma,
cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, wilm's tumor, pleomorphic adenoma, liver cell papilloma, renal tubular adenoma, cystadenoma, papilloma, adenoma, leiomyoma, rhabdomyoma, hemangioma, lymphangioma, osteoma, chondroma, lipoma and fibroma.
[0102] In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more additional therapeutic agents is further administered to the subject. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agents is selected from the group consisting of an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti-proliferation agent. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of one or more of CCX354, CCX9588, CCX140, CCX872, CCX598, CCX6239, CCX9664, CCX2553, CCX 2991, CCX282, CCX025, CCX507, CCX430, CCX765, CCX224, CCX662, CCX650, CCX832, CCX168, and CCX168-M1.
[0103] In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure may be used to inhibit an infectious disease. The infectious disease includes but is not limited to HTV, Influenza, Herpes, Giardia, Malaria, Leishmania, the pathogenic infection by the virus Hepatitis (A, B, and C), herpes virus (e.g., VZV, HSV-I, HAV-6, HSV-II, and CMV, Epstein Barr virus), adenovirus, influenza virus, flaviviruses, echovirus, rhinovirus, coxsackie virus, cornovirus, respiratory syncytial virus, mumps virus, rotavirus, measles virus, rubella virus, parvovirus, vaccinia virus, HTLV virus, dengue virus, papillomavirus, molluscum virus, poliovirus, rabies virus, JC virus and arboviral encephalitis virus, pathogenic infection by the bacteria chlamydia, rickettsial bacteria, mycobacteria, staphylococci, streptococci, pneumonococci, meningococci and conococci, klebsiella, proteus, serratia, pseudomonas, E. coli, legionella, diphtheria, salmonella, bacilli, cholera, tetanus, botulism, anthrax, plague, leptospirosis, and Lyme's disease bacteria, pathogenic infection by the fungi Candida (albicans, krusei, glabrata, tropicalis, etc.),
Cryptococcus neoformans, Aspergillus (fumigatus, niger, etc.), Genus Mucorales (mucor, absidia, rhizophus), Sporothrix schenkii, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Coccidioides immitis and Histoplasma capsulatum, and pathogenic infection by the parasites Entamoeba histolytica, Balantidium coli, Naegleriafowleri, Acanthamoeba sp., Giardia lambia, Cryptosporidium sp., Pneumocystis carinii, Plasmodium vivax, Babesia microti, Trypanosoma brucei, Trypanosoma cruzi, Leishmania donovani, Toxoplasma gondi, Nippostrongylus brasiliensis. [0104] In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure may be used to inhibit HTV infection, delay AIDS progression, deplete HIV viral reservoir or decrease the severity of symptoms or HIV infection and ADDS.
[0105] The compounds of the present disclosure may be used for the treatment of cancers and precancerous conditions in a subject. [0106] Treatment methods provided herein include, in general, administration to a patient an effective amount of one or more compounds provided herein. Suitable patients include those patients suffering from or susceptible to (i.e., prophylactic treatment) a disorder or disease identified herein. Typical patients for treatment as described herein include mammals, particularly primates, especially humans. Other suitable patients include domesticated companion animals such as a dog, cat, horse, and the like, or a livestock animal such as cattle, pig, sheep and the like.
[0107] In general, treatment methods provided herein comprise administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound one or more compounds provided herein. In a preferred embodiment, the compound(s) of the disclosure are preferably administered to a patient (e.g., a human) intravenously, orally or topically. The effective amount may be an amount sufficient to modulate the PD-1/PD-L1 interaction and/or an amount sufficient to reduce or alleviate the symptoms presented by the patient. Preferably, the amount administered is sufficient to yield a plasma concentration of the compound (or its active metabolite, if the compound is a pro-drug) high enough to sufficient to modulate the PD-1/PD-L1 interaction. Treatment regimens may vary depending on the compound used and the particular condition to be treated; for treatment of most disorders, a frequency of administration of 4 times daily or less is preferred. In general, a dosage regimen of 2 times daily is more preferred, with once a day dosing particularly preferred. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination (i.e., other drugs being administered to the patient) and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy, as well as the judgment of the prescribing medical practitioner. In general, the use of the minimum dose sufficient to provide effective therapy is preferred. Patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using medical or veterinary criteria suitable for the condition being treated or prevented.
COMBINATIONS [0108] A concomitant medicine comprising the compounds of the present disclosure and other drug may be administered as a combination preparation in which both components are contained in a single formulation, or administered as separate formulations. The administration by separate formulations includes simultaneous administration and administration with some time intervals. In the case of the administration with some time intervals, the compound of the present disclosure can be administered first, followed by another drug or another drug can be administered first, followed by the compound of the present disclosure. The administration method of the respective drugs may be the same or different.
[0109] The dosage of the other drug can be properly selected, based on a dosage that has been clinically used. The compounding ratio of the compound of the present disclosure and the other drug can be properly selected according to age and weight of a subject to be administered, administration method, administration time, disorder to be treated, symptom and combination thereof. For example, the other drug may be used in an amount of 0.01 to 100 parts by mass, based on 1 part by mass of the compound of the present disclosure. The other drug may be a combination of two or more kind of arbitrary drugs in a proper proportion.
[0110] The compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more therapeutic agent such as an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti-proliferation agent. These therapeutic agents may be in the forms of compounds, antibodies, polypeptides, or
polynucleotides.
[0111] The compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more of a therapeutic antibody, a bispecific antibody and "antibody-like" therapeutic protein (such as DARTs®, Duobodies®, Bites®, XmAbs®, TandAbs ®, Fab derivatives), an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC), a virus, an oncolytic virus, gene modifiers or editors such as CRISPR
(including CRISPR Cas9), zinc finger nucleases or synthetic nucleases (TALENs), a CAR (chimeric antigen receptor) T-cell immunotherapeutic agent, or any combination thereof. [0112] Examples of chemotherapeutics include an alkylation agent, nitrosourea agent, antimetabolite, anticancer antibiotics, vegetable-origin alkaloid, topoisomerase inhibitor, hormone drug, hormone antagonist, aromatase inhibitor, P-glycoprotein inhibitor, platinum complex derivative, other immunotherapeutic drugs and other anticancer drugs. [0113] The compounds described herein may be used or combined with a cancer treatment adjunct, such as a leucopenia (neutropenia) treatment drug, thrombocytopenia treatment drug, antiemetic and cancer pain intervention drug, concomitantly or in a mixture form.
[0114] The compounds described herein may be used or combined with a kinase inhibitor.
[0115] In one embodiment, the compounds of the present disclosure can be used with other immunomodulators and/or a potentiating agent concomitantly or in a mixture form. Examples of the immunomodulator include various cytokines, vaccines and adjuvants. Examples of these cytokines, vaccines and adjuvants that stimulates immune responses include but not limited to GM-CSF, M-CSF, G-CSF, interferon-a, beta, or gamma, IL-1, IL-2, IL- 3, IL-12, Poly (I:C) and CPG. The potentiating agents include cyclophosphamide and analogs of cyclophosphamide, anti- TGF and imatinib (Gleevac), a mitosis inhibitor, such as paclitaxel, Sunitinib (Sutent) or other antiangiogenic agents, an aromatase inhibitor, such as letrozole, an A2a adenosine receptor (A2AR) antagonist, an angiogenesis inhibitor, anthracyclines, oxaliplatin, doxorubicin, TLR4 antagonists, and IL- 18 antagonists.
[0116] In some embodiments, the compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more modulator of CCR1, CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, CCR5, CCR6, CCR7, CCR8, CCR9, CCR10, CCR11, CXCR1, CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, CXCR6, CXCR7, ChemR23, C5aR, C5a, and C5. In some embodiments, the modulator is an antagonist.
[0117] In some embodiments, the compounds described herein may be used or combined with one or more of CCX354, CCX9588, CCX140, CCX872, CCX598, CCX6239, CCX9664, CCX2553, CCX 2991, CCX282, CCX025, CCX507, CCX430, CCX765, CCX224, CCX662, CCX650, CCX832, CCX168, and CCX168-M1.
DOSAGE
[0118] Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment or preventions of conditions involving the PD-l/PD- LI interaction (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per human patient per day). The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient. For compounds administered orally, transdermally, intravaneously, or subcutaneously, it is preferred that sufficient amount of the compound be administered to achieve a serum
concentration of 5 ng (nanograms)/mL-10 μg (micrograms)/mL serum, more preferably sufficient compound to achieve a serum concentration of 20 ng-1 μg/ml serum should be administered, most preferably sufficient compound to achieve a serum concentration of 50 ng/ml-200 ng/ml serum should be administered. For direct injection into the synovium (for the treatment of arthritis) sufficient compounds should be administered to achieve a local concentration of approximately 1 micromolar.
[0119] Frequency of dosage may also vary depending on the compound used and the particular disease treated. However, for treatment of most disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily, three times daily, or less is preferred, with a dosage regimen of once daily or 2 times daily being particularly preferred. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination (i.e., other drugs being administered to the patient), the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy, and other factors, including the judgment of the prescribing medical practitioner.
[0120] In another aspect of the disclosure, the compounds of the disclosure can be used in a variety of non-pharmaceutical in vitro and in vivo application. The compounds of the disclosure may also be used as positive controls in assays for PD-1/PD-L1 interaction activity, i.e., as standards for determining the ability of a candidate agent to bind to PD-1 and/or PD-L1, or as radiotracers for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging or for single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT).
[0121] Also within the scope of the present disclosure are kits comprising a compound of the present disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and instructions for use. The kit can further contain at least one additional reagent. Kits typically include a label indicating the intended use of the contents of the kit. The term label includes any writing, or recorded material supplied on or with the kit, or which otherwise accompanies the kit.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
[0122] The embodiments are also directed to processes and intermediates useful for preparing the subject compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0123] Exemplary chemical entities useful in methods of the embodiments will now be described by reference to illustrative synthetic schemes for their general preparation herein and the specific examples that follow. Artisans will recognize that, to obtain the various compounds herein, starting materials may be suitably selected so that the ultimately desired substituents will be carried through the reaction scheme with or without protection as appropriate to yield the desired product. Alternatively, it may be necessary or desirable to employ, in the place of the ultimately desired substituent, a suitable group that may be carried through the reaction scheme and replaced as appropriate with the desired substituent. Furthermore, one of skill in the art will recognize that the transformations shown in the schemes below may be performed in any order that is compatible with the functionality of the particular pendant groups.
[0124] Representative syntheses of compounds of the present disclosure are described in the scheme below, and the particular examples that follow. Schemes 1 and 2 are provided as further embodiment of the disclosure and illustrate general methods which were used to prepare compounds of the present disclosure including compounds of Formula (Π), (Ila), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb), and which can be used to prepare additional compounds having the Formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb). The methodology is compatible with a wide variety of functionalities.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000048_0001
[0125] Coupling at the 4-position of the indane ring can be accomplished via transition metal mediated coupling using the appropriate 4-bromoindanol and a boronic acid or ester. In the subsequent step, the ether bond can be formed using appropriate reagents such as triphenyl phosphine and diisopropyl or diethyl azodicarboxylate. Alkylation of the phenol intermediate can be achieved using the corresponding alkyl halide or mesylate reagent. The following reductive amination can be accomplished using an appropriate primary or secondary amine (shown as H2N-R') and a reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium
triacetoxyborohydride in presence of a mild acid such as acetic acid. The amine group added in the reductive amination is shown as R in the diagram above. The transformations shown in Scheme 1 may be performed in any order that is compatible with the functionality of the particular pendant groups. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000049_0001
[0126] The 4-Bromoindanone compound can be enantioselectively reduced to its optically pure 4-bromoindanol derivative using a chiral reducing agent containing boron. Coupling at the 4-position of the indane ring can be accomplished via transition metal mediated coupling using the 4-bromoindanol and boronic acid or ester. In the subsequent step, the ether bond can be formed using reagents such as triphenyl phosphine and diisopropyl or diethyl azodicarboxylate (in this case, the reaction leads to an inversion of configuration, however, some racemization was observed). Alkylation of the phenol intermediate can be achieved using the appropriate alkyl halide or mesylate reagent. The reductive amination can be accomplished using the appropriate primary or secondary amine (shown as H2N-R') and a reducing agent such as sodium
cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride in presence of a mild acid such as acetic acid. The amine group added in the reductive amination is shown as R in the diagram above. The transformations shown in Scheme 2 may be performed in any order that is compatible with the functionality of the particular pendant groups. The indanol derivative obtained in the first step having the opposite stereocenter to the stereocenter represented in Scheme 2 can be prepared using the appropriate chiral reducing agent and the rest of the synthetic steps in the sequence can be performed without any changes to obtain final compounds with the opposite stereocenter. Scheme 3
Figure imgf000050_0001
er -75:25 (S:R)
dr > 99:1
[0127] As an example, enrichment of optical purity of chiral intermediates can be achieved described in Scheme 3.
EXAMPLES
[0128] The following Examples illustrate various methods of making compounds of this disclosure including compounds of Formula (Π), (Ila), (lib), (I), (la), or (lb). The following examples are offered to illustrate, but not to limit the claimed disclosure. [0129] Reagents and solvents used below can be obtained from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA). 1H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Mercury 400 MHz NMR spectrometer. Significant peaks are provided relative to TMS and are tabulated in the order: multiplicity (s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet) and number of protons. Mass spectrometry results are reported as the ratio of mass over charge. In the examples, a single m z value is reported for the M+H (or, as noted, M-H) ion containing the most common atomic isotopes. Isotope patterns correspond to the expected formula in all cases. Electrospray ionization (ESI) mass spectrometry analysis was conducted on a Hewlett-Packard MSD electrospray mass spectrometer using the HP1100 HPLC for sample delivery. Normally the analyte was dissolved in methanol or C¾CN at 0.1 mg/mL and 1 microliter was infused with the delivery solvent into the mass spectrometer, which scanned from 100 to 1000 Daltons. All compounds could be analyzed in the positive or negative ESI mode, using acetonitrile / water with 1% formic acid as the delivery solvent.
[0130] The following abbreviations are used in the Examples and throughout the description of the disclosure: TLC means Thin layer chromatography. [0131] Compounds within the scope of this disclosure can be synthesized as described below, using a variety of reactions known to the skilled artisan. One skilled in the art will also recognize that alternative methods may be employed to synthesize the target compounds of this disclosure, and that the approaches described within the body of this document are not exhaustive, but do provide broadly applicable and practical routes to compounds of interest. [0132] Certain molecules claimed in this patent can exist in different enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms and all such variants of these compounds are claimed unless a specific enantiomer is specified. [0133] The detailed description of the experimental procedures used to synthesize key compounds in this text lead to molecules that are described by the physical data identifying them as well as by the structural depictions associated with them.
[0134] Those skilled in the art will also recognize that during standard work up procedures in organic chemistry, acids and bases are frequently used. Salts of the parent compounds are sometimes produced, if they possess the necessary intrinsic acidity or basicity, during the experimental procedures described within this patent.
Example 1: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-(4- phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000052_0001
[0135] Step a: To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-ol (500 mg, 2.34 mmol) in DME (10 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (286 mg, 2.34 mmol), K2C03 (969 mg, 7.02 mmol) and the resulting suspension was bubbled with nitrogen gas for one minute. Pd(PPh3)4 (271 mg, 0.234 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for an additional minute and stirred at 80 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 4-phenylindan-l-ol. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C15H13 [M-OH]- 193.1, found 193.1. [0136] Step b: To a solution of 4-phenylindan-l-ol (418 mg, 1.99 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (309 mg, 1.791 mmol) and PPh3 (521 mg, 1.99 mmol). The resulting solution was cooled to to 0 °C before DIAD (402 mg, 1.99 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added slowly dropwise. The resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring. After 12 h at room temperature, the volatiles were evaporated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C22H16C103 [M-H]+ 360.1, found 360.0 (negative mode).
[0137] Step c: To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-benzaldehyde (100 mg, 0.274 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile (108 mg, 0.549 mmol) followed by Cs2C03 (178 mg, 0.549 mmol). The resulting suspension was then stirred at 65 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (20 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4- phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C29H22C1N203 [M+H]+ 481.1, found 481.3.
[0138] Step d: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, xx mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added (2S)-2- amino-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid (100 mg) and Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, xx mmol), and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with
0.1% TFA) to obtain (21S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-(4-phenylindan-l- yl)oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for
C32H29C1N305 [M+H]+ 570.2, found 570.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.50 - 7.28 (m, 8H), 7.11 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.45 - 5.33 (m, 2H), 4.35 (q, J = 13.1 Hz, 2H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.34 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.98 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.2, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (dq, J = 13.7, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.21 - 2.10 (m, 1H).
Example 2: Synthesis of (35)-4-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-(4- phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid
Figure imgf000054_0001
[0139] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (120 mg, 0.25 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added 3S)-4- amino-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid (200 mg, 1 mmol) and AcOH (100 μΙ_), followed by NaCNBH3 (100 mg, 1.58 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHCls/IPA (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried
(MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (35)-4-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4- (4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C33H31C1N305 [M+H]+ 584.2, found 584.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.44 - 8.34 (m, 1H), 7.57 - 7.28 (m, 9H), 7.11 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.51 - 5.34 (m, 2H), 4.83 - 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.32 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.27 - 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.05 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.58 - 2.48 (m, 3H), 2.19 - 2.11 (m, 1H). Example 3: Synthesis of (35)-4-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4- phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid
Figure imgf000055_0001
[0140] Step a: To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-one (3 g, 2.34 mmol) in DME (15 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (1.73 g, 14.2 mmol) and K2C03 (5.9 g, 42.6 mmol). The resulting suspension was bubbled with nitrogen gas for one minute before Pd(PPh3)4 (1.64 g, 1.42 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for an additional minute and subsequently stirred at 75 °C overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 4- phenylindan-l-one. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C15H130 [M+H]+ 209.1, found 209.3.
[0141] Step b: To GS (-)-2-Methyl-CBS (Corey-Bakshi-Shibata)-oxazaborolidine (900 μΐ., 0.887 mmol, 1 M in THF) was added BH3 »DMS (443 μΐ., 0.887 mmol, 2 M solution in THF) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was diluted with CH2C12 (5 mL).followed by the addition of BH3 »DMS (16.3 mL, 32.52 mmol, 2 M solution in THF). The mixture was cooled to -20 °C before 4- phenylindan-l-one (1.23 g, 5.913 mmol) in CH2C12 (5 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring for 2 h at -20 °C, the reaction was carefully quenched by the addition of MeOH (10 mL). The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain (lR)-4-phenylindan-l-ol (er: 94/6). The enantiomeric ratio was determined by 19F NMR analysis of the corresponding (5)-Mosher's ester. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C15H13 [M-OH]- 193.1, found 193.1.
[0142] Step c: To a solution of (lR)-4-phenylindan-l-ol (840 mg, 4.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (690 mg, 4.0 mmol), followed by PPh3 (1.05 g, 4 mmol), and the resulting solution was cooled to 0 °C. DIAD (808 mg, 4.0 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added slowly dropwise and the resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring. After 12 h at room temperature, the volatiles were evaporated in vacuo, The crude was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C22H16C103 [M+H]+ 363.1, found 363.0. Approximately 22% of racemization was observed during the reaction and the enantiomeric ratio (er) of the obtained product was -3.5:1. All the final compounds described in examples 10, 12, 13, 14 and 15 were prepared using this intermediate with er: -3.5:1. [0143] Step d: To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-[(lS)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- benzaldehyde (178 mg, 0.489 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)pyridine-3- carbonitrile (192 mg, 0.978 mmol) and Cs2C03 (318 mg, 0.978 mmol) and the resulting suspension was then stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (20 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2- formyl-5-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitri^ er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) Jz calculated for C29H22C1N203 [M+H]+ 481.1, found 481.1.
[0144] Step e: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (66 mg, 0.1375 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added (25)- 2-amino-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid (33 mg, 0.275 mmol), AcOH (20 μί, 0.1375 mmol), followed by NaCNBH3 (20 mg, 0.206 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was diluted with 2:1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (3-S -4-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3- pyridyl)methoxy] -4- [( 1 S)-4-phenylindan- 1 -yl] oxy-phenyljmethylamino] -3-hydroxy-butanoic acid, dr (diastereomeric ratio): -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C33H31C1N305 [M+H]+ 584.2, found 584.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.44 - 8.34 (m, 1H), 7.57 - 7.28 (m, 9H), 7.11 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.51 - 5.34 (m, 2H), 4.83 - 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.32 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.27 - 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.05 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.58 - 2.48 (m, 3H), 2.19 - 2.11 (m, 1H).
Example 4: Synthesis of (35)-4-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(lR)-4- phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid
Step b
Figure imgf000058_0001
[0145] Step a: To (R)-(+)-2-methyl-CBS (Corey-Bakshi-Shibata)-oxazaborolidine (900 μΐ., 0.887 mmol, 1 M solution in THF) under nitrogen atmosphere was added BH3 »DMS (443 μΙ_, 0.887 mmol, 2 M solution in THF) at room temperature and stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2C12 (5 mL) and BH3 »DMS (16.3 mL, 32.52 mmol, 2 M solution in THF) was added before cooling to -20 °C. 4-Phenylindan-l-one (1.23 g, 5.913 mmol) in CH2C12 (5 mL) was then added drop wise and the mixture was stirred for 2 h at-20 °C. The reaction was quenched by the careful addition of MeOH (10 mL). The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting crude was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain (lS)-4-phenylindan-l-ol (er 92/8).The enantiomeric ratio was determined by 19F NMR analysis of the corresponding (S)-Mosher's ester. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C15H13 [M-OH]- 193.1, found 193.1. [0146] Step b: To a solution of (l;S)-4-phenylindan-l-ol (840 mg, 4 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (690 mg, 4 mmol) followed by PPh3 (1.05 g, 4 mmol). The resulting solution was cooled to 0 °C before DIAD (808 mg, 4 mmol) in THF 3 mL) was added slowly dropwise. The solution was allowed warm to room temperature and stirred for 12 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-chloro-2-hydroxy- 4-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C22H16C103 [M-H]" 363.1, found 363.0 Approximately 17% of racemization was observed during the reaction and the enantiomeric ratio of the obtained product was -5:1. [0147] Step c: To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- benzaldehyde (340 mg, 0.934 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)pyridine-3- carbonitrile (366 mg, 1.868 mmol), followed by Cs2C03 (607 mg, 1.868 mmol). The resulting suspension was then stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (20 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5- [(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile, er -5:1.. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C29H22C1N203 [M+H]+ 481.1, found 481.0.
[0148] Step d: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (304 mg, 0.633 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added (25)- 2-amino-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid (301 mg, 2.53 mmol) and AcOH (152 \L, 2.53 mmol), followed by NaCNBH3 (159 mg, 2.53 mmol), and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (3S)-4-[[5-chloro-2- [(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3- hydroxy-butanoic acid, dr -5:1.. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C33H31C1N305 [M+H]+ 584.2, found 584.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.44 - 8.34 (m, 1H), 7.57 - 7.28 (m, 9H), 7.11 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.51 - 5.34 (m, 2H), 4.83 - 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.32 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.27 - 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.05 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.58 - 2.48 (m, 3H), 2.19 - 2.11 (m, 1H). Example 5: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-[(li-r-tetrazol-5- ylmethylamino)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000060_0001
[0149] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 1H- tetrazol-5-ylmethanamine (100 mg, 0.99 mmol), AcOH (100 μί, 1.66 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CH.CI3/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-[(lH- tetrazol-5-ylmethylaniino)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C31H27C1N702 [M+H]+ 564.2, found 564.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.94 (dd, J = 2.9, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 8.38 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.50 - 7.26 (m, 8H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 4.64 - 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.43 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.98 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.2, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (ddt, J = 14.2, 8.2, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (ddt, J = 13.3, 8.2, 4.8 Hz, 1H). Example 6: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-2-[(2-hydroxyethylamino)methyl]-5-(4-phenylindan- l-yl)oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000061_0001
[0150] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 2- aminoethanol (100 μί, 1.64 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5- [ [4-chloro-2- [(2-hydroxyethylamino)methyl]-5-(4-phenylindan- 1 -yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C31H29C1N303 [M+H]+ 526.2, found 526.2.
Example 7: Synthesis of (25)-l-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-(4- phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-phenyl]methyl]piperidine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000061_0002
[0151] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added (25)- piperidine-2-carboxylic acid (100 mg, 0.775 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to (2-S')-l-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-(4-phenylindan-l- yl)oxy-phenyl]methyl]piperidine-2-carboxylic acid. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C35H33C1N304 [M+H]+ 594.2, found 594.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 9.00 - 8.91 (m, 2H), 8.42 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.51 - 7.29 (m, 9H), 7.13 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.03 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 2H), 4.89 - 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.46 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (s, 1H), 3.99 (s, 1H), 3.31 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 3.07 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.57 (dt, J = 13.8, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s, 1H), 2.14 (tt, J = 8.8, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 1.86 (s, 2H), 1.61 (s, 2H).
Example 8: Synthesis of 5-[[2-(azetidin-l-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000062_0001
[0152] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added azetidine (100 μί, 1.49 mmol), AcOH (100 μί, 1.64 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCls/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[2-(azetidin-l-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C32H29C1N302 [M+H]+ 522.2, found 522.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.96 (dd, J = 15.9, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 8.40 (td, J = 2.0, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 - 7.26 (m, 9H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.00 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.25 - 4.04 (m, 4H), 3.36 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.97 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.2, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.60 - 2.47 (m, 2H), 2.41 (dt, J = 12.0, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.19 - 2.06 (m, 1H).
Example 9: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-2-[(3-hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)methyl]-5-(4-phenylindan- l-yl)oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000063_0001
[0153] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (140 mg, 0.292 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added azetidin-3-ol hydrochloride
(127 mg, 1.2 mmol), Et3N (406 μΐ., 2.92 mmol), AcOH (200 μΐ., 2.92 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (186 mg, 0.876 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room
temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2-[(3-hydroxyazetidin- l-yl)methyl]-5-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C32H29C1N303 [M+H]+ 538.2, found 538.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.96 (dd, J = 19.5, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.41 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 - 7.28 (m, 9H), 7.11 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 1H), 4.57 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.46 - 4.29 (m, 4H), 4.02 - 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.34 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.98 (ddd, J= 16.2, 8.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.58 - 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.18 - 2.08 (m, 1H).
Example 10: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-2-[[2-(5-oxo-li-r-tetrazol-4-yl)ethylamino]methyl]-5- [(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Step a Step b
Figure imgf000064_0001
[0154] Step a: Oxalyl chloride (5.7 mL, 67.26 mmol) was slowly added to 3- (benzyloxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid (5 g, 22.42 mmol) dissolved in CH2C12 (75 mL) at room temperature followed by few drops of DMF to catalyze the reaction (gas evolution was observed immediately). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Additional CH2C12 (50 mL) was added and concentrated in vacuo followed by drying on high vacuum pump to obtain benzyl N-(3-chloro-3-oxo-propyl)carbamate which was used as such in the next step without any further purification. MS (after quenching the acid chloride with MeOH): (ES) m/z calculated for C12H15N04Na [Methyl ester, M+Na]+ 260.1, found 260.3.
[0155] Step b: A safety notice for the procedure: Azide compounds are potentially explosive. This reaction was performed behind a blast shield. TMSN3 (2.4 mL, 18 mmol) was slowly added to benzyl N-(3-chloro-3-oxo-propyl)carbamate (723 mg, 6 mmol) at room temperature (gas evolution was observed). The resulting reaction mixture was heated and stirred overnight at 100 °C. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude product was directly purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain benzyl N-[2-(5-oxo-lH-tetrazol-4- yl)ethyl]carbamate. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for CnH14N503 [Μ+Η]+ 264.1, found 264.4 (also observed significant peak for [M+Na]+).
[0156] Step c: To benzyl N-[2-(5-oxo-lH-tetrazol-4-yl)ethyl]carbamate (250 mg, 0.95 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (200 mg) in a Parr shaker flask, the resulting suspension was purged twice with hydrogen gas and agitated at room temperature under hydrogen gas (60 psi) for one hour. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, washed with MeOH (15 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to obtain 4-(2-aminoethyl)-lH-tetrazol-5-one which was used as such in the next step without any further purification. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C3H8N50 [M+H]+ 130.1, found 130.3.
[0157] Step d: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(l1S)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.208 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added 4-(2- aminoethyl)-lH-tetrazol-5-one (50 mg, 0.387 mmol), AcOH (50 \L, 0.53 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (90 mg, 0.424 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04) concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2-[[2-(5-oxo-lH-tetrazol-4- yl)ethylamino]methyl]-5-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitril^ er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C32H29C1N703 [M+H]+ 594.2, found 594.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.96 (dd, J = 27.3, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.47 - 8.38 (m, 1H), 7.57 - 7.39 (m, 5H), 7.41 - 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.00 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.45 - 5.40 (m, 2H), 4.39 - 4.30 (m, 4H), 3.58 - 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.24 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.98 (td, J = 8.1, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.58 - 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.18 - 2.07 (m, 1H). Example 11: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-4-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-(3- pyridylmethoxy)phenyl]methylamino] -3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000066_0001
[0158] Step a: To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-ol (5.3 g, 24.91 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at room temperature was added 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (4.3 g, 24.91 mmol) followed by PPh3 (6.5 g, 24.91 mmol) and the resulting solution was cooled in an ice-bath. DIAD (5.03 g, 24.91 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added slowly dropwise at 0 °C and the resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring. After 12 h at room temperature, volatiles were evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 4-(4-bromoindan-l-yl)oxy-5-chloro-2- hydroxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for CieHnBrClCh [M-H]_ 365.0, found 364.9 (negative mode). [0159] Step b: To a solution of 4-(4-bromoindan-l-yl)oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (250 mg, 0.683 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added 3-(chloromethyl)pyridine hydrochloride (225 mg, 1.37 mmol) followed by Cs2C03 (444 mg, 1.37 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and washed with water (20 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 4-(4-bromoindan-l-yl)oxy-5-chloro-2-(3- pyridylmethoxy)benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C22H18BrClN03 [M+H]+ 458.0, found 458.4.
[0160] Step c: To a solution of 4-(4-bromoindan-l-yl)oxy-5-chloro-2-(3- pyridylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (312 mg, 0.683 mmol) in DME (5 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (150 mg, 1.02 mmol), K2C03 (283 mg, 2.05 mmol) and the resulting suspension was bubbled with nitrogen gas for one minute. Pd(PPh3)4 (80 mg, 0.0683 mmol) was then added, bubbled the reaction mixture with nitrogen gas for additional minute and stirred at 80 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo. The obtained crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-chloro-4-(4- phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-(3-pyridylmethoxy)benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for
C28H23C1N03 [M+H]+ 456.1, found 456.2.
[0161] Step d: To a solution of 5-chloro-4-(4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-(3- pyridylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (55 mg) in DMF (3 mL) was added (25)-2-amino-3-hydroxy- propanoic acid (100 mg) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CRCl^WA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04) concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (2S)-2-[[5-chloro-4- (4-phenylindan-l-yl)oxy-2-(3-pyridylmethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C31H30ClN2O5 [M+H]+ 545.2, found 545.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.97 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J = 8.0, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.50 - 7.38 (m, 5H), 7.41 - 7.26 (m, 4H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 2H), 4.43 - 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.20 (ddd, J = 16.4, 8.3, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (td, J = 8.1, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.61 - 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.21 - 2.10 (m, 1H).
Example 12: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-2-[[(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propyl)amino]methyl]-5- [(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000068_0001
[0162] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 1- amino-2-methyl-propan-2-ol (100 mg, 0.89 mmol), AcOH (100 μί, 1.64 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CH.CI3/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2-[[(2-hydroxy-2-methyl- propyl)aniino]methyl]-5-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile^ er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C33H33C1N303 [M+H]+ 554.2, found 554.5. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.96 (dd, J = 19.1, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.42 (dd, J = 2.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.54 - 7.27 (m, 9H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 6.02 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.27 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.04 - 2.89 (m, 3H), 2.63 - 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.15 (ddt, J = 13.4, 8.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.24 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 6H). Example 13: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-2-[[(5-oxopyrrolidin-2-yl)methylamino]methyl]-5- [(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000069_0001
[0163] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 5- (aminomethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (100 mg, 0.877 mmol), AcOH (100 μΙ_, 1.66 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHCls/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2-[[(5-oxopyrrolidin-2- yl)methylaniino]methyl]-5-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3- carbonitrile, er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C34H32C1N403 [M+H]+ 579.2, found 579.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.97 (dd, J = 18.3, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.39 (td, J = 2.1, 0.7 Hz,
1H), 7.54 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 - 7.23 (m, 8H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 6.05 - 5.97 (m, 1H), 5.48 - 5.35 (m, 2H), 4.36 - 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.99 (p, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.29 - 3.11 (m, 3H), 3.04 - 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.61 - 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.47 - 2.26 (m, 3H), 2.13 (ddt, J = 13.2, 8.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.92 - 1.76 (m, 1H).
Example 14: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-2-[(li-r-pyrazol-5- ylmethylamino)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000070_0001
[0164] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 1H- pyrazol-5-ylmethanamine hydrochloride (100 mg, 0.75 mmol), Et3N (100 μΙ_, 0.723 mmol), AcOH (100 μΐ., 1.66 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4- chloro-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-2-[(lH-pyrazol-5- ylmethylamino)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile, er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C33H29C1N502 [M+H]+ 562.2, found 562.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.93 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 8.33 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 - 7.26 (m, 9H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.42 - 5.30 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 4H), 3.34 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.98 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.2, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (ddt, J = 13.9, 8.2, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (ddt, J = 13.3, 8.5, 5.0 Hz, 1H). Example 15: Synthesis of 3-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4- phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylainino]-2^-dimethyl-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000071_0001
[0165] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was 3-amino-2,2- dimethyl-propanoic acid hydrochloride (100 mg, 0.653 mmol), Et3N (100 μί, 0.723 mmol), AcOH (100 μί, 1.66 mmol) followed by Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHC13/IPA (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 3-[[5- chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]- 2,2-dimethyl-propanoic acid, er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C34H33C1N304 [M+H] 582.2, found 582.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 9.02 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 7H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.09 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, 3H), 3.04 - 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.62 - 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.24 - 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.28 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 6H).
Example 16: Synthesis of (5-[[4-chloro-2-[(3-hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)methyl]-5-[(15)-4- phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile Step b
Figure imgf000072_0001
[0166] Step a: To a 500 mL three-neck round bottom flask equipped with an internal thermometer under nitrogen was added (5)-(-)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine (7.1 mL, 7.1 mmol, 1M THF) and borane-dimethyl sulfide (3.6 mL, 7.2 mmol, 2M THF) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 10 min then diluted with dichloromethane (60 mL). Borane- dimethyl sulfide (130 mL, 260 mmol, 2M THF) was added at room temperature and the mixture was cooled to -30 °C. A solution of 4-bromoindan-l-one (13.6 g, 64.4 mmol) in
dichloromethane (40 mL) was added slowly over 25 min while maintaining the internal temperature between -30 °C and -20 °C. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched carefully by the dropwise addition of methanol (50 mL). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude solid was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc in hexane). The resulting pure (R)-4- bromoindan-l-ol was recrystallized from 1:5 EtOAc/hexane (100 mL) to give the product with 99.2% ee. Enantiomeric excess was determined by integration of peaks that were separated on a RegisCell 250 x 4.6 mm column at a flow rate of 1.2 mL/min and an isochratic mobile phase of 5% isopropanol in hexane. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C9H9BrO [M-OH]+ 197.0, found 197.2. Chiral HPLC: 7(R)-4-bromoindan-l-ol was eluted using 5% IPA in hexane: tR = 7.63 min.
[0167] Step b: To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (R)-4-bromoindan-l-ol (11.2 g, 52.6 mmol), 5- chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (9.1 g, 52.6 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (13.8 g, 52.6 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was slowly added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (10.3 mL, 52.6 mmol) in THF (25 mL). The mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature for three days. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (20% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2- hydroxy-benzaldehyde. Approximately 22% of racemization was observed during the reaction and the enantiomerica ratio of the obtained product was -3.5:1. Enantiomeric ratio was determined by integration of peaks that were separated on a RegisCell 250 x 4.6 mm column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min and an isochratic mobile phase of 50% isopropanol in hexane (desired enantiomer tR = 6.68 min, undesired enantiomer tR = 5.45 min) . All of the final compounds described in examples 17 to 36 were prepared using this intermediate with er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C16H12BrC103 [M-H] ~ 365.0, found 365.1.
[0168] Step c: To a solution of 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (2.0 g, 5.4 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was added (5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methyl methanesulfonate (1.5 g, 7.1 mmol), followed by Cs2C03 (3.5 g, 11 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was re- extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[5-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C23H16BrClN203 [M+H]+ 483.0, found 483.2. [0169] Step d: To a solution of 5-[[5-[(l1S)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (0.83 g, 1.7 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (0.22 g, 1.8 mmol), aqueous 2M K2C03 (1.3 mL, 2.6 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.10 g, 0.086 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-2- formyl-5-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C29H21C1N203 [M+H]+ 481.1, found 481.4.
[0170] Step e: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(l1S)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (150 mg, 0.31 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added azetidin-3-ol hydrochloride (130 mg, 1.2 mmol), triethylamine (0.40 mL, 2.9 mmol), acetic acid (0.20 mL, 2.9 mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (190 mg, 0.88 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgS04), filtered, and
concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (5-[[4-chloro-2-[(3-hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)methyl]-5- [(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile as a di-trifluoroacetic acid salt. The diastereomeric ratio of the final compound is assumed to be -3:1 based on the enantiomeric ration of the intermediate used in step b. , er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C32H28C1N303 [M+H]+ 538.2, found 538.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/) δ 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.94 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.33- 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.40^1.28 (m, 2H), 4.06-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.13 (m, 1H).
Example 17: Synthesis of (25^R)-2-[[5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- (pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)phenyl]methylamino] -3-hydroxy-butanoic acid Step a
Figure imgf000075_0001
[0171] Step a: To a cold (0 °C) solution of pyridazin-3-ylmethanol (500 mg, 4.5 mmol) and triethylamine (1.26 mL,9.1 mmol) in CH2C12 (5 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.60 mL, 7.8 mmol) by dropwise addition. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was added to water and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, and solvent was removed from the combined organic layers in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methyl methanesulfonate.
[0172] Step b: To a solution of 5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (150 mg, 0.393 mmol) and pyridazin-3-ylmethyl methanesulfonate
(111 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added cesium carbonate (255 mg, 0.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 70 °C overnight. Solvent was removed in vacuo, and the crude residue was purified by flash chromatography to obtain 5-chloro-2-[(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]- 4-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for
C27H21C1FN203 [M+H]+ 475.1, found 475.2.
[0173] Step c: To a solution of 5-chloro-4-[(l1S)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- (pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added (2S,3R)-2- amino-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid (100 mg, 0.57 mmol) Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.49 mmol) and acetic acid (0.10 mL, 1.8 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 45 °C for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA). The fractions were combined and diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i- PrOH (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (15 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to obtain (2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3- pyridyl)methoxy] -4- [( 15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan- 1 -yl] oxy-phenyl]methylamino] acetyl] amino] - 3-hydroxy-butanoic acid, dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C31H30ClFN3O5 [M+H]+ 578.2, found 578.3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.87 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (ddd, J = 2.5, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.48 - 7.14 (m, 8H), 7.10 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.60 - 5.45 (m, 2H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 3.99 (p, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.32 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.07 - 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.87 - 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.52 (dq, J = 13.8, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (ddq, J = 13.3, 8.9, 5.0, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 1.35 - 1.25 (m, 3H).
Example 18: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy^henyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000076_0001
[0174] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added (2S)-2- amino-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-propanoic acid (100 mg, 0.84 mmol) Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.49 mmol) and acetic acid (0.10 mL, 1.8 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 45 °C for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCi i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA). The fractions were combined and diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (15 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to obtain obtain (2S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5- cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15 -4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-propanoic acid, dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C33H3oClFN305 [M+H]+ 602.2, found 602.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (dt, J = 9.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.49 - 7.14 (m, 7H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.00 (dd, J = 6.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.45 - 5.32 (m, 2H), 4.22 (s, 2H), 3.92 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.4, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.2, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.61 - 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.18 - 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 3H).
Example 19: Synthesis of 1-methylethyl (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]- 4-[(15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylainino]-3-hydroxy-propanoate
Figure imgf000077_0001
[0175] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (67 mg, 0.13 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) was added L-serine isopropyl ester hydrochloride (110 mg, 0.59 mmol, prepared according to the procedure in J. Med. Chem. 53(19), 6625-6837; 2010), N-ethyl-N-(propan-2-yl))propan-2-amine (0.09 mL, 0.50 mmol), Na(OAc)3BH (100 mg, 0.49 mmol) and acetic acid (0.10 mL, 1.8 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 50 °C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 1- methylethyl (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(l-S -4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan- l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoate as a trifluoroacetic acid salt. The salt was neutralized by passing the purified fractions through an Agilent Technologies PL-HC03 MP SPE cartridge to obtain the neutral form, dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C35H33C1FN305 [M+H]+ 630.2, found 630.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/) δ 8.97 (d, J = 2.2 Hz 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.17 (m, 7H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 6.04-5.99 (m,
1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 5.06 (m, 1H), \.2A-4X (m, 2H), 3.97-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.09-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.88- 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.22 (m, 6H).
Example 20: Synthesis of (2S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(lR,2R)-2- fluoro-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy^henyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Step a Step b
Figure imgf000079_0001
[0176] Step a: To a solution of 4-bromoindan-l-one (10 g, 47 mmol) dissolved in methanol (110 mL) was added l-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-l,4~diazoniabicyclo[2,2.2]octane
bis(tetrafluoroborate) (Selectfiuor™, 25 g, 71 xnmol) and 98% sulfuric acid (0.25 mL). After the mixture was stirred for 17 h at 50 °C, it was filtered to remove the white solid. The solvent was removed from the filtrate in vacuo and the crude solid was purified by flash chromatography (6% MTBE in hexane) to obtain 2-fluoro-4-bromoindan-l-one. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for
C9H7BrFO [M + H]+ 279.0, found 279.2. [0177] Step b: To a solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoroindan-l-one (2.0 g, 8.7 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added sodium borohydride (380 mg, 10 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature, then quenched with the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL). Ethanol was removed in vacuo, and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography to obtain 4-bromo-2-fluoroindan-l-ol. MS: (ES) m/z
calculated for C9H7BrF [M - OH]+ 213.0, found 213.0. The product was arbitrarily assigned the trans configuration, re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoroindan-l-ol.
[0178] Step c: To a cooled (0 °C) solution of re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoroindan-l-ol (1.2 g, 5.3 mmol), 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.96 g, 5.6 mmol),and triphenylphosphine (1.5 g, 5.7 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was slowly added DIAD (1.2 g, 5.6 mmol) in THF (40 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 16 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (20% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 4-[re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoro-indan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2- hydroxy-benzaldehyde. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-*/) δ 11.25 (s, 1H), 10.10 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.49 (d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.33 (d, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.20 (dd, J = 16 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 5.65-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.03 (m, 1H).
[0179] Step d: To a solution of 4-[re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoro-indan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2- hydroxy-benzaldehyde (340 mg, 0.87 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added (5-cyano-3- pyridyl)methyl methanesulfonate (300 mg, 1.4 mmol), followed by Cs2C03 (1.0 g, 3.1 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 50 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with water, and the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5- [[5-[re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoro-indan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine- 3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C23H16BrClFN203 [M + H]+ 501.0, found 501.0.
[0180] Step e: To a solution of 5-[[5-[re -(lR,2R)-4-bromo-2-fluoro-indan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro- 2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (270 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DME (5 mL) was added 2-flurophenylboronic acid (120 mg, 0.86 mmol), K2C03 (240 mg, 1.7 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes. Pd(PPh3)4 (110 mg, 0.096 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-5-[re - (lR,2R)-2-fluoro-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3- carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C29H20ClF2N2O3 [M + H]+ 517.1, found 517.1. [0181] Step f: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[re -(lR,2R)-2-fluoro-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan- l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.097 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added L-serine (100 mg, 0.95 mmol), Na(OAc)3BH (105 mg, 0.50 mmol) and acetic acid (0.10 mL, 1.8 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 2 h. . The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (2S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[re -(lR,2R)-2-fluoro- 4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid. To obtain the neutral form, purified HPLC fractions were basified with sodium bicarbonate, and solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was finally lyophilized from water/acetonitrile to obtain a powder. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C32H27C1F2N305 [M+H]+ 606.2, found 606.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/) δ 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 3H), 6.11 (dd, J = 16 Hz, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.50-5.30 (m, 3H), 4.44^1.29 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.45-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.02 (m, 1H).
Example 21: Synthesis of N-[2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(lS)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy^henyl]methylamino]ethyl]prop-2-enamide
Figure imgf000081_0001
[0182] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (54 mg, 0.11 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added N-(2- aminoethyl)prop-2-enamide hydrochloride (104 mg, 0.69 mmol, prepared according to the procedure in Analytical Chemistry, 86 (5), 2429-2435; 2014), N-ethyl-N-(propan-2-yl))propan-2- amine (0.12 mL, 0.69 mmol), Na(OAc)3BH (96 mg, 0.45 mmol) and acetic acid (16 mg, 0.27 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and
concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain N-[2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4- [(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]ethyl]prop-2-enamide as a trifluoroacetic acid salt. The salt was neutralized by passing the purified fractions through an Agilent Technologies PL-HC03 MP SPE cartridge to obtain the neutral form, er : ~3.5 : 1. MS : (ES) m/z calculated for C34H31C1FN403 [M+H]+ 597.2, found 597.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/) δ 9.00 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.28-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 6.20 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (dd, J = 6.8Hz, 4.0 Hz), 5.71 (dd, J = 6.4 Hz, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (m, 2H), 3.52 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.08-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.17- 2.07 (m, 1H).
Example 22: Synthesis of l-[[2-[(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-5-chloro-4-[(lS)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methyl]piperidin-4-ol
Step a
Figure imgf000083_0001
[0183] Step a: To a cold (0 °C) solution of (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methanol (710 mg, 4.9 mmol) and triethylamine (1.8 mL, 13 mmol) in EtOAc (20 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.60 mL, 7.8 mmol) by dropwise addition. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 days. The reaction mixture was added to water and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, and solvent was removed from the combined organic layers in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methyl methanesulfonate. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C6H8C1N203S [M+H]+ 223.0, found 223.0. [0184] Step b: To a solution of 5-chloro-4-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) and (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (200 mg, 0.90 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added cesium carbonate (400 mg, 1.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 40 °C overnight. Solvent was removed in vacuo, and the crude residue was purified by flash chromatography to obtain 5-chloro-2-[(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-4- [(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for
C27H20Cl2FN2O3 [M+H]+ 509.1, found 509.2.
[0185] Step c: To a solution of 5-chloro-2-[(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-4-[(lS)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde (50 mg, 0.098 mmol) in THF (1 mL) in a 4 mL glass vial was added 7M ammonia in methanol (1.4 mL, 9.8 mmol). The vial was secured with a teflon-lined screwcap and placed in an aluminum heating block maintained at 100 °C for four hours. Solvent was removed from the reaction mixture and the crude residue of 2-[(2- aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-5-chloro-4-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy- benzaldehyde was used without purification. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C27H22C1FN203
[M+H]+ 490.1, found 490.2.
[0186] Step d: To a solution of crude 2-[(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-5-chloro-4-[(lS)- 4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) was added 4-hydroxypiperidine (113 mg, 1.1 mmol), Na(OAc)3BH (125 mg, 0.59 mmol), and acetic acid (0.075 mL, 1.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight followed by an additional 6 h at 50 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (5 mL), washed with water (1 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain l-[[2-[(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy]-5-chloro-4- [(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methyl]piperidin-4-ol as a trifluoroacetic acid salt. The salt was neutralized by passing the purified fractions through an Agilent Technologies PL-HC03 MP SPE cartridge to obtain the neutral form, er: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C32H33C1FN403 [M+H]+ 575.2, found 575.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/) δ 8.45 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.14 (m, 7H), 6.07 (dd, J = 6.8 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.14-5.10 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.53-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 1H). Example 23: Synthesis of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-[(4- hydroxy-l-piperidyl)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000085_0001
[0187] To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (170 mg, 0.34 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) was added 4- hydroxypiperidine (256 mg, 2.5 mmol), Na(OAc)3BH (253 mg, 1.2 mmol) and acetic acid (0.040 mL, 0.7 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred for 1 day at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCi i-PrOH (12 mL), washed with water (4 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy- 2-[(4-hydroxy-l-piperidyl)methyl]phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile, er: -3.5:1. . MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C34H32C1FN303 [M+H]+ 584.2, found 584.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
Methanol-*/) δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.87 (m, 1H), 8.31 (m, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.22 (m, 5H), 7.21-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.00-5.96 (m, 1H), 5.32 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.52 (m, 1H).
Example 24: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000086_0001
[0188] Step a: To a solution of 5-[[5-[(l1S)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (570 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) was added 2-fluorophenylboronic acid (250 mg, 1.8 mmol), aqueous 2M K2C03 (1.20mL, 3.5 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (140 mg, 0.12 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). SThe organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 40% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(15)- 4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C29H20ClFN2O3 [M+H]+ 499.1, found 499.1. [0189] Step b: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(l1S)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added L-serine (100 mg, 0.95 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (150 mg, 0.71 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i'-PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (21S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(l1S)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid as a di- trifluoroacetic acid salt, dr: -3.5:1. . MS: (ES) mJz calculated for C32H27C1FN305 [M+H]+ 588.2, found 588.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.30-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.08-5.99 (m, 1H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J = 13.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.99 (m, 3H), 3.11-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.09 (m, 1H).
Example 25: Synthesis of (2S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-methoxy-4-[(lS)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydrox -propanoic acid
Figure imgf000087_0001
Step c
Figure imgf000087_0002
[0190] Step a: To a solution of 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (200 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added iodomethane (130 μΙ_, 2.1 mmol), followed by Cs2C03 (360 mg, 1.1 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 40 °C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (15 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was re-extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to obtain 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-methoxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C17H14BrC103 [M+Na]+ 403.0, found 403.2.
[0191] Step b: To a solution of 4-[(15)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-methoxy- benzaldehyde (210 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DME (5 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (79 mg, 0.65 mmol), aqueous 2M K2C03 (0.41 mL, 0.81 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (31 mg, 0.81 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and washed with water (15 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-chloro- 2-methoxy-4-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-benzaldehyde. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for
C23H19C103 [M+Na]+ 401.1, found 401.3.
[0192] Step c: To a solution of 5-chloro-2-methoxy-4-[(15)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- benzaldehyde (100 mg, 0.26 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added L-serine (100 mg, 0.95 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (150 mg, 0.71 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (25 -2-[[5-chloro-2-methoxy-4-[(15 -4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3- hydroxy-propanoic acid as a di-trifluoroacetic acid salt, dr: -3.5:1. . MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C26H26C1N06 [M+Na]+ 490.1, found 490.3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 7.48-7.37 (m, 6H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.93 (t, J = 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.26- 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.98 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (ddt, J = 13.9, 8.1, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.24- 2.10 (m, 1H).
Example 26: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluoro-3-methoxy^henyl)indan-l-yl]oxy^henyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid Ste a
Figure imgf000089_0001
[0193] Synthesis of (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(l1S)-4-(2-fluoro-3- methoxy-phenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid was performed in an analogous route to Example 24, substituting 2-fluoro-3-methoxyphenylboronic acid for 2- fluorophenylboronic acid in Step a. dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C33H29C1FN306 [M+H]+ 618.2, found 618.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J = 19.5, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.23- 7.04 (m, 3H), 6.89 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.07-5.98 (m, 1H), 5.37 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (d, 7 = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.91 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 2H), 3.07-2.97 (m, 1 H), 2.89-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.53 (m, 1H).
Example 27: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-ethoxy-4-[(15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l- yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000090_0001
[0194] Synthesis of (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-2-ethoxy-4-[(l1S)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy- phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid was performed in an analogous route to
Example 25, substituting iodoethane for iodomethane in Step a and 2-fluorophenylboronic acid for phenylboronic acid in Step b. dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C27H27ClFNOs [M+Na]+ 522.2, found 522.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- ) δ 7.51-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.10-6.02 (m, 1H), 4.14 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 3.72 (dd, J = 11.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (dd, J = 11.2, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (r s, 1H), 3.22- 3.09 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.57 (dt, J = 13.5, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.07-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.37 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Example 28: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step b
2-fluorophenylboronic acid Pd(PPh3)4 K2C03, DME-H20 80 °C
Figure imgf000091_0002
[0195] Synthesis of (21S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-4-[(l1S)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid was performed in an analogous route to Example 25, substituting cyclopropylmethyl bromide for iodomethane in Step a and 2-fluorophenylboronic acid for phenylboronic acid in Step b. dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C29H29C1FN05 [M+Na]+ 548.2, found 548.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol- d ) δ 7.45 (s, IH), 7.44-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.32 (m, IH), 7.32-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.21 (dd, J = 17.8, 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, IH), 6.06-5.94 (m, IH), 4.36 (d, J = 13.9 Hz, IH), 4.31^1.25 (m, IH), 4.08-3.88 (m, 4H), 3.08-2.99 (m, IH), 2.87-2.75 (m, IH), 2.67-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.24- 2.11 (m, IH), 1.39-1.26 (m, IH), 0.75-0.60 (m, 2H), 0.45-0.40 (m, 2H).
Example 29: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(2-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl)indan-l- yl]oxy-2-methoxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000092_0001
[0196] Synthesis of (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-4-[(l-S -4-(2-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- methoxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid was performed in an analogous route to Example 25, substituting 2-fluoro-3-methoxyphenylboronic acid for phenylboronic acid in Step b. dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C27H27C1FN06 [M+H]+ 516.2, found 516.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.20- 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.12 (td, J = 8.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 8.0, 6.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.03 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.06 - 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.90 (d, J = 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.09-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.61 (dq, J = 13.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (ddt, J = 13.3, 9.1, 5.0 Hz, 1H).
Example 30: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(2-chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)indan-l- yl]oxy-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid Ste a
Figure imgf000093_0001
[0197] Synthesis of (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-4-[(l-S -4-(2-chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy- 2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid was performed in an analogous route to Example 24, substituting 2-chloro-3-methoxyphenylboronic acid for 2- fluorophenylboronic acid in Step a. dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C33H29C12N306 [M+H]+ 634.2, found 634.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.27(m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.07 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.4 Hz, 3H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.02 (d, J = 14.3 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.35^1.24 (m, 1H), 4.01 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.06-2.90 m, 2H), 2.90-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.02 (m, 1H).
Example 31: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(5- fluoro-2^-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy- propanoic acid Step a Step b
Figure imgf000094_0001
[0198] Step a: To a solution of 3-fluorocatechol (5.30 g, 41.2 mmol) and K2C03 (17.1 g, 124 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added 1,2-dibromoethane (3.90 mL, 45.3 mmol) and the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 4 days. Water (50 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-*/) δ 6.78-6.71 (m, 1H), 6.71-6.64 (m, 2H), 4.40^1.24 (m, 4H).
[0199] Step b: To a cooled (0 °C) solution of 5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine (1.0 g, 6.5 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was added bromine (1.2 g, 0.40 mL, 7.8 mmol), and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 24 h, saturated aqeous sodium metabisulfite (lOOmL) was added and the solution was extracted with
dichloromethane (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 6-bromo-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-*/) δ 6.96 (ddt, J = 9.0, 7.0, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (ddt, J = 9.0, 2.1, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 4.34^1.25 (m, 4H).
[0200] Step c: To a solution of 6-bromo-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine (705 mg, 3.02 mmol), bw(pinacolato)diboron (1.53 g, 6.04 mmol), and potassium acetate (890 mg, 9.06 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (15mL) was added [l, -bw(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (244 mg, 0.299 mmol). The mixture was heated at 100 °C and stirred for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, water (30 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 10% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 2-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol- 4) δ 7.19-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.63 (ddd, J = 8.4, 1.5, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 4.36^1.22 (m, 4H), 1.32 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 12H).
[0201] Step d: To a solution of 5-[[5-[(l1S)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL) and aqueous 2M K2C03 (0.40 mL, 0.80 mmol) was added 2-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (120 mg, 0.41 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (25 mg, 0.020 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C ofor 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(l;S 4-(5-fluoro-2,3- dihydro- 1 ,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan- 1 -yl] o^
MS: (ES) Jz calculated for C31H22C1FN205 [M+H]+ 557.1, found 557.4. [0202] Step e: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-5-[(15)-4-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin- 6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (47 mg, 0.084 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added L-serine (70 mg, 0.67 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (90 mg, 0.42mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCi i-PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3- pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15 -4-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy- phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid as a di-trifluoroacetic acid salt, dr: -3.5:1. .
MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C34H29C1FN307 [M+H]+ 646.2, found 646.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.84-6.69 (m, 3H), 6.05-5.98 (m, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.35^1.27 (m, 4H), 4.01 (s, 4H), 3.07-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.25-1.97 (m, 1H).
Example 32: Synthesis of (25,3R)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid
Figure imgf000096_0001
[0203] Synthesis of (25,3R)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(l1S)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid was performed an analogous route to Example 24, substituting L-threonine for L-serine in Step b. dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) Jz calculated for
Figure imgf000097_0001
[M+H]+ 602.2, found 602.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.43 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.03 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (q, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.09-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.57 (dq, J = 13.5, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (ddd, J = 13.4, 8.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H).
Example 33: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Step b
Figure imgf000098_0001
[0204] Step a: To a solution of (R)-4-bromoindan-l-ol (5.0 g, 24 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (50 mL) and water (30 mL) was added 2-fluorophenylboronic acid (4.3, 31 mmol)and K2C03 (8.1 g, 59 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes . Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.8 lg, 0.71 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain (lR)-4- (2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-ol. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C15H13FO [M-OH]+ 211.1, found 211.2.
[0205] Step b: To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (R)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-ol (5.4 g, 24 mmol), 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (4.1 g, 24 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (6.2 g, 24 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was slowly added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (4.8 g, 24 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature for two days. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (20% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l- yl]oxy-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde. Approximately 22% of racemization was observed during the reaction and the enantiomeric ratio of the obtained product was -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C22H16C1F03 [M+H] + 383.1, found 383.3. [0206] Step c: To a cooled (-78 °C) solution of 5-chloro-4-[(l£ 4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l- yl]oxy-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was sequentially added pyridine (1.0 mL, 12 mmol) and triflic anhydride (0.87 mL, 5.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction was quenched by the careful addition of few milliliters of saturated aqueous NaHC03 . The mixture was diluted with water (30mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain [4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenyl] trifluoromethanesulfonate. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C23H15C1F405S [M+Na] + 537.0, found 537.2. [0207] Step d: To a solution of [4-chloro-5-[(l1S)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl- phenyl] trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.19 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3 mL) and 2M
K2C03 (0.30 mL, 0.60 mmol) was added 5-cyanopyridine-3-boronic acid (35 mg, 0.23 mmol), and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (44 mg, 0.038 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 70 °C overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain (5-[4-chloro-5-[(lS)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C28H18C1FN202 [M+H]+ 469.1 , found 469.4.
[0208] Step e: To a solution of (5-[4-chloro-5-[(l-S')-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2- formyl-phenyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (30 mg, 0.064 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added L-serine (60 mg, 0.57 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (60 mg, 0.28 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i'-PrOH (30 mL), washed with water (15 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA) to obtain ((21S)-2-[[5-chloro-2-(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)-4-[(l1S)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid as a di- trifluoroacetic acid salt, dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C31H25C1FN304 [M+H]+ 558.2, found 558.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.11 (m, 8H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 4.03-3.84 (m, 3H), 3.07-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.08 (m, 1H).
Example 34: Synthesis of (25,3R)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(lR)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid
Step b
Figure imgf000101_0001
[0209] Step a: To a 1-L three-neck round bottom flask equipped with an internal thermometer under nitrogen was added (R)-(+)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine (3.2mL, 3.2 mmol, 1M THF) and borane-dimethyl sulfide (1.6 mL, 3.2 mmol, 2M THF) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 10 min then diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL). Borane-dimethyl sulfide (60 mL, 120 mmol, 2M THF) was added at room temperature and the mixture was cooled to -30 °C. A solution of 4-bromoindan-l-one (5.0 g, 23.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added slowly over 25 min while maintaining the internal temperature between -30 °C and -20 °C. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched carefully by the dropwise addition of methanol (50 mL). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude solid was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc in hexane). The resulting purified solid was recrystallized from 1:5 EtOAc/hexane (100 mL) to give the product with 98.2% ee. Enantiomeric excess was determined by integration of peaks that were separated on a RegisCell 250 x 4.6 mm column at a flow rate of 1.2 mL/min and an isochratic mobile phase of 5% isopropanol in hexane. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C9H9BrO [M-OH+H]+ 197.0, found 197.2. Chiral HPLC: (1S)-4-bromoindan-l-ol was eluted using 5% IPA in hexane: tR = 6.62 min.
[0210] Step b: To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (;S)-4-bromoindan-l-ol (1.7 g, 7.9 mmol), 5- chloro-2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (1.3g, 7.9 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (2.1 g, 7.9 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was slowly added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.7 mL, 8.7 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature for three days. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting crude residue was purified by flash
chromatography (20% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 4-[(lR)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2- hydroxy-benzaldehyde. Approximately 17% of racemization was observed during the reaction and the enantiomeric ratio of the obtained product was -5:1. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C16H12BrC103 [M-H] " 365.0, found 365.1.
[0211] Step c: To a solution of 4-[(lR)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-5-chloro-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (0.84 g, 2.29 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was added 5-(bromomethyl)nicotinonitrile (0.54 g, 2.75 mmol), followed by Cs2C03 (1.5 g, 4.58 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with 2: 1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was re-extracted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was suspended in 1:1 CH2Cl2/hexanes (10 mL) and filtered to obtain 5-[[5-[(lR)-4-bromoindan-l- yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C23H16BrClN203 [M+H]+ 483.0, found 483.2.
[0212] Step d: To a solution of 5-[[5-[(lR)-4-bromoindan-l-yl]oxy-4-chloro-2-formyl- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (282 mg, 0.58 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL) was added 2-fluorophenylboronic acid (122 mg, 0.87 mmol), aqueous 2M K2C03 (1.30 mL,
2.58 mmol) and the resulting mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for a few minutes.
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (100 mg, 0.086 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to obtain 5-[[4-chloro-5- [(lR)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-formyl-phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C29H20ClFN2O3 [M+H]+ 499.1, found 499.1.
[0213] Step e: To a solution of 5-[[4-chloro-2-formyl-5-[(lR)-4-phenylindan-l-yl]oxy- phenoxy]methyl]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (31 mg, 0.062 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added L- threonine (50 mg, 0.42 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (100 mg, 0.47 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (CH3CN-H20 with 0.1% TFA). The fractions were combined and diluted with 2:1 CHCl3/i-PrOH (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (15 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to obtain (2-S',3R)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(lR)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanoic acid, dr: -5:1. . MS: (ES) m/z calculated for C33H29C1FN305 [M+H]+ 602.2, found 602.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.46 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.00 (dd, J = 6.3, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.47-5.26 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.18 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (ddd, J = 16.3, 8.3, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (ddd, J = 16.3, 8.2, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.63-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.13 (ddt, J = 13.3, 8.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 1.29 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 35: Synthesis of (25,3R)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanamide
Figure imgf000103_0001
Synthesis of (2S,3R)-2- [ [5-chloro-2- [(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy] -4- [(lS)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-butanamide was performed in an analogous route to Example 24, substituting (2S,3R)-2-amino-3-hydroxybutanamide
hydrochloride for L-serine in Step b. dr: -3.5: 1. MS: (ES) m z calculated for C33H3oClFN404 [M+H]+ 601.2, found 601.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.96 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (dd, J = 2.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.25- 7.16 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.01-5.85 (m, 1H), 5.29 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (d J = 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (d, J = 13.4 Hz, 1H), 3.10-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.95 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.88-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.51 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H).
Example 36: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-4-[(15)-4-(5-chloro-2^-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-[(5-cyano-3^yridyl)methoxy]phenyl]methylamino]-3- hydroxy-propanoic acid
Step c
Figure imgf000105_0001
[0214] Synthesis of (2-S -2-[[5-chloro-4-[(l-S -4-(5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6- yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid was performed in an analogous route to Example 31, substituting 3-chlorocatechol for 3- fluorocatechol in Step a. dr: -3.5:1. MS: (ES) mJz calculated for C34H29C12N307 [M+H]+ 662.2, found 662.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 9.00 (s, IH), 8.91 (s, IH), 8.45 (s, IH), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.29 (dt, J = 14.9, 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.06 (s, IH), 6.87 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.77 (s, IH), 6.06-5.92 (m, IH), 5.39 (s, 2H), 4.39^1.35 (m, 3H), 4.35^1.18 (m, 3H), 4.03- 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.92 (m, 1H).
Example 37: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[2-[[3,5-bis(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methoxy]-5-chloro-4- [(15)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000106_0001
[0215] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 718.1 [M+H], 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-dt) δ 8.47 (dd, J = 9.4, 1.6 Hz, 3H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.46 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.33 - 7.15 (m, 5H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 6.01 (dd, J = 6.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 4.51 - 4.23 (m, 2H), 4.11 - 3.95 (m, 3H), 3.06 - 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.62 - 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.17 - 2.08 (m, 1H).
Example 38: Synthesis of ((25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(3,5-dicyanophenyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2^- dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000106_0002
[0216] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS:652.1 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-dO δ 8.27 (s, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.33 - 7.19 (m, 3H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.95 - 6.84 (m, 3H), 5.95 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 4.39 (d, 7 = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (s, 4H), 4.00 (dd, J = 11.9, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (dd, J = 11.9, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J = 6.9, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.39 - 3.11 (m, 2H), 2.96 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.2, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.56 - 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.17 - 2.04 (m, 1H).
Example 39: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(3,5-dicyanophenyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluoro-3-methoxy^henyl)indan-l-yl]oxy^henyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000107_0001
[0217] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 642.1 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-dt) δ 8.24 (s, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.37 - 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.20 - 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.93 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.01 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 4.44 - 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.91 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 3H), 3.05 - 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.60 - 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.18 - 2.08 (m, 1H).
Example 40: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(3,5-dicyanophenyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(2- fluorophenyl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000108_0001
[0218] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 612.1 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-dO δ 8.24 (s, 2H), 8.19 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.47 - 7.14 (m, 7H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.01 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 4.47 - 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.99 (dd, J = 16.6, 4.2 Hz, 3H), 3.08 - 2.98 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.60 - 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.18 - 2.08 (m, 1H).
Example 41: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(3,5-dicyanophenyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(5- fluoro-2 -dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l^
methyl-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000108_0002
[0219] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 684.1 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-dt) δ 8.26 (s, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.34 - 7.21 (m, 3H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.01 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 6H), 4.04 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 3.88 - 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.09 - 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.58 - 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.20 - 2.08 (m, 1H), 1.56 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H). Example 42: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(3,5-dicyanophenyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(5- fluoro-2 -dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]^^
propanoic acid
Figure imgf000109_0001
[0220] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 670.0 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.24 (dd, J = 1.4, 0.8 Hz, 2H), 8.19 (t, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.52 (s, IH), 7.37 - 7.18 (m, 3H), 7.01 (s, IH), 6.84 - 6.69 (m, 2H), 6.07 - 5.94 (m, IH), 5.35 (s, 2H), 4.48 - 4.23 (m, 6H), 4.09 - 3.85 (m, 3H), 3.07 - 2.97 (m, IH), 2.88 - 2.78 (m, IH), 2.58 - 2.48 (m, IH), 2.18 - 2.08 (m, IH).
Example 43: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(3,5-dicyanophenyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(5- fluoro-2^-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy- propanoic acid
Figure imgf000109_0002
[0221] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11. MS: 646.2 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (s, IH), 8.91 (s, IH), 8.45 (s, IH), 7.49 (s, IH), 7.34 - 7.21 (m, 3H), 7.04 (s, IH), 6.80 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, IH), 6.70 (d, J = 10 Hz, IH), 5.98 (br s, 1H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.37 - 4.17 (m, 6H), 4.01 - 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.52 (s, 1H), 3.08 - 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.58 - 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.16 - 2.06.
Example 44: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(5- fluoro-2 -dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy^henyl]methylamino]-3-hydro propanoic acid
Figure imgf000110_0001
[0222] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 646.2 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.91 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 - 7.21 (m, 3H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.81 - 6.70 (m, 2H), 6.03 - 5.96 (m, 1H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.40 - 4.29 (m, 5H), 4.25 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (dd, / = 11.9, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (dd, / = 11.8, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (dd, / = 7.1, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (dt, /= 14.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.88 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.57 - 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.15 - 2.05 (m, 1H).
Example 45: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(5- fluoro-2^-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy-phenyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy-2- methyl-propanoic acid
Figure imgf000110_0002
[0223] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 660.1 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/*) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.39 - 7.20 (m, 3H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.83 - 6.69 (m, 2H), 6.05 - 5.96 (m, 1H), 5.38 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (s, 4H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.94 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 3.10 - 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.90 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.62 - 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.19 - 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 3H).
Example 46: Synthesis of (5-chloro-4-(((5)-4-(5-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6- yl)-2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-l-yl)oxy)-2-((5-(methylsulfonyl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzyl)-L- serine
Figure imgf000111_0001
[0224] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 3. MS: 699.0.1 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-*/*) δ 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 9.08 (dd, J = 21.4, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 8.54 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.37 - 7.21 (m, 3H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.81 - 6.70 (m, 2H), 6.02 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 4.34 (d, 7 = 15.1 Hz, 6H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.02 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.89 - 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.57 (td, J = 13.6, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.19 - 2.07 (m, 1H).
Example 47: Synthesis of (25)-2-[[5-chloro-2-[(5-cyano-3-pyridyl)methoxy]-4-[(15)-4-(5,6- difluoro-2 -dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-7-yl)indan-l-yl]oxy^henyl]methylamino]-3-hydroxy- propanoic acid
Figure imgf000112_0001
[0225] The title compound was prepared by following an analogous route to Example 11, using the optically enriched intermediate described in Scheme 3. MS: 664.0 [M+H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.38 - 7.22 (m, 3H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J = 6.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (dd, J = 6.5, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.39 - 4.27 (m, 5H), 4.20 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (dd, J = 11.6, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (dd, J = 11.7, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (dd, J = 6.9, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.09 - 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.89 - 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.61 - 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.23 - 2.06 (m, 1H). [0226] Additional compounds prepared by methods analogous to the methods described above were made and are provided in Table 1A, Table IB, and Table 1C.
Table 1A
Figure imgf000112_0002
Ill
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000128_0002
Figure imgf000129_0001

Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
ı33
Figure imgf000135_0001

Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001

Figure imgf000139_0001

Figure imgf000140_0001

Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
ı44
Figure imgf000146_0001

Figure imgf000147_0001

Figure imgf000148_0001

Figure imgf000149_0001

Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
150
Figure imgf000152_0001
151
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
ı54
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001

Figure imgf000158_0001
Table 1C
MS: (ES) RPHPLC
Compound Structure
m/z (M+H) Rt (min)
o 0H 656.1 2.51
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
[0227] Reverse phase HPLC conditions used for determination of retention times in Table IB and Table 1C:
Column: ZORBAX (SB-C18 2.1 x 50 mm, 5 urn)
Mobile phase A: 95% H20, 5% MeCN (with 0.1% Formic Acid)
Mobile phase B: 5% H20, 95% MeCN (with 0.1% Formic Acid)
Flow rate: l.O mL/min
Gradient: 20 to 100% B in 3.5 min (for Rt without *) or 20 to 100% B in 5.5 min (for Rt with *)
Example 48: Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay - ELISA
[0228] Plates were coated with 1 μg/mL of human PD-L1 (obtained from R&D) in PBS overnight at 4 °C. The wells were then blocked with PBS containing 2% BSA in PBS (W/V) with 0.05 % TWEEN-20 for 1 hour at 37 °C. The plates were washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20 and the samples were diluted to 1:5 in dilution medium in the ELISA plates. Human PD-1 and biotin O^g/mL (ACRO Biosystems) were added and incubated for lhour at 37 °C then washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20. A second block was added with PBS containing 2% BSA in PBS (W/V)/0.05% TWEEN-20 for 10 min at 37 °C and was washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20. Streptavidin -HRP was added for 1 hour at 37 °C then washed 3 times with PBS/0.05% TWEEN-20. TMB substrate was added and reacted for 20 min at 37 °C. A stop solution (2 N aqueous H2S04) was added. The absorbance was read at 450 nm using a micro-plate spectrophotometer. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3.
[0229] Compounds in Table 2 and Table 3 were prepared by methods as described in the Examples, and evaluated according to the assay below. The IC50 of the compounds are presented in Table 2 and Table 3 as follows:
+, 20000 nM > IC50 > 500 nM;
++, 500 nM > IC50 > 100 nM;
+++, 100 nM > IC50.
Table 2
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
ı92
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
2.093
2.094
2.095
2.096
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
220
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
229
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Table 3: Structures and Activity
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
Figure imgf000269_0001
Figure imgf000270_0001
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
272

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of Formula (Π)
Figure imgf000274_0001
(Π) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C5-8 cycloalkyl, C6-1o aryl and thienyl,
wherein the C6-1o aryl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents; each Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rc, -C02Ra, -CONRaRb, -C(0)Ra, -OC(0)NRaRb, -NRbC(0)Ra, -NRbC(0)2Rc, -NRa-C(0)NRaRb, -NRaRb, -ORa, -O-X^OR3 , -O- X^CC^R3, -O-X^CONR'R",
-X^OR3, -X^NR'R", - X^CC^R3, -X^CONR^, -SF5, and -S(0)2NRaRb, wherein each
X1 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, wherein the five or six-membered ring is optionally substituted with oxo; each Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rx substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five, six or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, oxo, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
each R2a, R2b and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN,
-Rd, -C02Re, -CONR^, -C(0)Re, -OC(0)NReRf, -NRfC(0)Re, -NRfC(0)2Rd,
-NR^CCC NR^, -NReRf, -ORe, -0-X2-ORe, -0-X2-NR¾f, -O- X2-C02Re,
-O-X^CONR^, -X2-ORe, -X2-NR¾f, -X2-C02Re, -X2-CONReRf, -SF5, -SCC zNR^,
C6-1o aryl and C5-1o heteroaryl, wherein each X2 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six- membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O and S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NRgRh and C4-12 heterocyclyl, wherein the C4-12 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 Ry;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, -CN, -R\ -C02Rj, -CONRjRk, -CONHC1-6 alkyl-OH, -C(0)Rj, -OC(0)NRjRk, - NRjC(0)Rk, -NRjC(0)2Rk, CONOH, P03H2, -NRj-C1-6 alkyl- C(0)2Rk, -NRjC(0)NRjRk, -NRjRk, -ORj, -S(0)2NRjRk, -0-C1-6alkyl-ORj,
-0-C1-6alkyl-NRjRk, -0-C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj, -0-C1-6 alkyl-CONRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-ORj, - C1-6 alkyl-NRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj, -C1-6 alkyl-CONRjRk, and SF5,
wherein the C1-6 alkyl portion of Ry is optionally further substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, wherein each Rj and Rk is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, and C1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom R* and Rk can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six- membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl each of which may be optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H;
Rgis selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
Rhis selected from -C1-8 alkyl, C1-8 haloalkyl, C1-8 alkyl-COOH, C1-8 alkyl-OH, C1-8 alkyl-
CONH2, C1-8 alkyl-S02NH2, C1-8 alkyl-P03H2, C1-8 alkyl-CONOH, C1-8 alkyl-NRhlRh2, - C(0)-C1-8alkyl, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-OH, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-COOH, C3-10 cycloalkyl,-C3-10 cycloalkyl-COOH, -C3-10 cycloalkyl-OH, C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C4-8 heterocyclyl-COOH, - C4-8 heterocyclyl-OH, -C1-8 alkyl-C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C1-8 alkyl-C3-1o cycloalkyl, C5-1o heteroaryl, -C1-8alkyl-C5-:1oheteroaryl, C10 carbocyclyl, -C1-8 alkyl-Ce-io aryl, -C1-8 alkyl- (C=O)-C6-10 aryl, -C1-8 alkyl-NH(C=0)-C1-8 alkenyl , -C1-8 alkyl-NH(C=0)-C1-8 alkyl, -Cj. 8 alkyl-NH(C=0)-C1-8 alkynyl, -C1-8 alkyl-(C=0)-NH-C1-8 alkyl-COOH, and -C1-8 alkyl- (C=0)-NH-C1-8 alkyl-OH optionally substituted with C02H; or
Rh combined with the N to which it is attached is a mono-, di- or tri-peptide comprising 1-3 natural amino acids and 0-2 non-natural amino acids, wherein
the non-natural aminoacids have an alpha carbon substituent selected from the group consisting of C2-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl, and C1-4 alkyl-heteroaryl, the alpha carbon of each natural or non-natural amino acids are optionally further substituted with a methyl group, and
the terminal moiety of the mono-, di-, or tri-peptide is selected from the group consisting of C(0)OH, C(0)0-C1-6 alkyl, and P03H2, wherein
R^ and R*2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-4 hydroxyalkyl;
the C1-8 alkyl portions of Rh are optionally further substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, COO- C1-8 alkyl, P03H2 and C5-6 heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 C1-3 alkyl substituents,
the C10 carbocyclyl, C5-1o heteroaryl and the C6-1o aryl portions of Rh are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH)2, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl- S02NH2, C1-4alkyl CONH2, C1-4alkyl-CONOH, C1-4alkyl- P03H2, C^alkyl-COOH, and phenyl and
the C4-8 heterocyclyl and C3-10 cycloalkyl portions of Rh are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 Rw substituents;
each Rw substituent is independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl-OH, C1-4 alkyl-COOH,
C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C1-4 alkyl CONH2, C1-4 alkyl- CONOH, C1-4 alkyl-P03H, OH, COO-
C1-8 alkyl, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2 and oxo;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 haloalkyl, 0-C1-8 alkyl-Rz, C6-1o aryl, C5-1o heteroaryl , -0-C1-4 alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -0-C1-4 alkyl-Cs.io heteroaryl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and the C5-1o heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rz; each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rm, -C02Rn,
-CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn, -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp,
-X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, -S(0)2RnRp, -S(0)2NRnRp, and three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring wherein the three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered
heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rl, wherein each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl,
C1-8haloalkyl, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn,
-OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn,
-0-X3-ORn , -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp, -X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, and -S(0)2NRnRp;
wherein each X3 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rn and Rp is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rm is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rz substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rq, -C02Rr,
-CONRrRs, -C(0)Rr, -OC(0)NRrRs, -NRrC(0)Rs, -NRrC(0)2Rq, -NRr-C(0)NRrRs, -NRrRs, -ORr, -0-X4-ORr, -0-X4-NRrRs, -O- X4-C02Rr, -0-X4-CONRrRs, -X4-ORr, -X4-NRrRs, -X4-C02Rr, -X4-CONRrRs, -SF5, -S(0)2NRrRs, wherein each X4 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rr and Rs is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R6a is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of F, C1-4 alkyl, 0-Ru, C1-4 haloalkyl, NRURV, wherein each Ru and Rv is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; and m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
2. A compound of Formula (Π)
Figure imgf000278_0001
(Π) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of C6-1o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and
thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents;
each Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rc, -C02Ra,
-CONRaRb, -C(0)Ra, -OC(0)NRaRb, -NRbC(0)Ra, -NRbC(0)2Rc, -NRa-C(0)NRaRb,
-NRaRb, -ORa, -O-X^OR3 , -O- X^CC^R3, -O-X^CONR'R",
-X^OR3, -X^NR'R", - X^COzR3, -X^CONR^", -SF5, -S(0)2NRaRb, wherein each X1 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, wherein the five or six-membered ring is optionally substituted with oxo; each Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rx substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five, six or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from oxo, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
each R2a, R2b and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -Rd, -C02Re, -CONR^, -C(0)Re, -OC(0)NReRf, -NRfC(0)Re, -NRfC(0)2Rd,
-NR^C^NR^, -NReRf, -ORe, -0-X2-ORe, -0-X2-NR¾f, -O- X2-C02Re,
-O-X^CONR^, -X2-ORe, -X2-NR¾f, -X2-C02Re, -X2-CONReRf, -SF5, -SCO^NR^, wherein each X2 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NRgRh and C4-12 heterocyclyl wherein the C4-12 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 Ry;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, -CN, -R\ -C02Rj, -CONRjRk, -CONHC1-6 alkyl-OH, -C(0)Rj, -OC(0)NRjRk, - NRjC(0)Rk, -NRjC(0)2Rk, CONOH, P03H2, -NRj-C1-6 alkyl- C(0)2Rk, -NRjC(0)NRjRk, -NRjRk, -ORj, -S(0)2NRjRk, -0-C1-6alkyl-ORj,
-0-C1-6alkyl-NRjRk, -0-C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj, -0-C1-6 alkyl-CONRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-ORj, - C1-6 alkyl-NRjRk, -C1-6 alkyl-C02Rj, -C1-6 alkyl-CONRjRk, and SF5,
wherein the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, wherein each R* and Rk is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, and C1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom R* and Rk can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six- membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl each of which may be optionally substituted with OH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl or C02H; Rgis selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl;
Rhis selected from -C1-8 alkyl, -C1-8 alkyl-N(C=0)-C1-8 alkenyl , -C1-8 alkyl-N(C=0)-C1-8 alkyl, - C1-8 alkyl-N(C=0)-C1-8 alkynyl, -C1-8 alkyl-(C=0)-N-C1-8 alkyl-OH optionally substituted with C02H, -C1-8 alkyl-(C=0)-N-C1-8 alkyl-COOH, C3-10 cycloalkyl,-C3-1o cycloalkyl- COOH, C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C4-8 heterocyclyl-COOH, -C4-8 heterocyclyl-OH,-C3-10 cycloalkyl-OH, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-OH, -C(0)-C1-8alkyl-COOH, C1-8 haloalkyl, -C1-8 alkyl-C4-8 heterocyclyl, -C1-8 alkyl-C3-1o cycloalkyl, -Ci.salkyl-C5.i0 heteroaryl, -C1-8 alkyl-C6-1o aryl, C1-8 alkyl-OH, C1-8 alkyl-CONH2, C1-8 alkyl-S02NH2, C1-8 alkyl-P03H2, C1-8 alkyl-CONOH, C3-10 cycloalkyl, and C1-8 alkyl-COOH, wherein the C1-8 alkyl is optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, COO-C1-8 alkyl and P03H2, wherein the Cs-io heteroaryl and the C6-1o aryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH)2, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C1-4alkyl CONH2, C1-4alkyl- CONOH, C1-4alkyl- P03H2, and C1-4alkyl-COOH, and wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl and C3-1o cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rw substituents;
each Rw substituent is independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl-OH, C1-4 alkyl-COOH, C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C1-4 alkyl CONH2, C1-4 alkyl- CONOH, C1-4 alkyl-P03H, OH, COO- C1-8 alkyl, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2 and oxo;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 haloalkyl, 0-C1-8 alkyl-Rz, C6-1o aryl, C5-1o heteroaryl , -0-C1-4 alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -0-C1-4 alkyl-Cs.io heteroaryl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and the C5-1o heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rz;
each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rm, -C02Rn,
-CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn, -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp,
-X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, -S(0)2NRnRp, and three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring wherein the three to seven-membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rl, wherein each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C1-8haloalkyl, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn,
-OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn, -0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp, -X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp, - X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, and -S(0)2NRnRp;
wherein each X3 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rn and Rp is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rm is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rz substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rq, -C02Rr,
-CONRrRs, -C(0)Rr, -OC(0)NRrRs, -NRrC(0)Rs, -NRrC(0)2Rq, -NRr-C(0)NRrRs, -NRrRs, -ORr, -0-X4-ORr, -0-X4-NRrRs, -O- X4-C02Rr, -0-X4-CONRrRs, -X4-ORr, -X4-NRrRs, -X4-C02Rr, -X4-CONRrRs, -SF5, -S(0)2NRrRs, wherein each X4 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rr and Rs is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R6a is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl; each R6b is independently selected from the group consisting of F, C1-4 alkyl, 0-Ru, C1-4
haloalkyl, NRURV, wherein each Ru and Rv is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; and m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
3. A compound of claim 1 of the Formula (I)
Figure imgf000282_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of C6-1o aryl and thienyl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 RX substituents;
each RX is independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, -CN, -RC, -C02RA, -CONRARB, -C(0)RA, -OC(0)NRARB, -NRBC(0)RA, - NRBC(0)2RC, -NRA-C(0)NRARB, -NRARB, -ORA, -O-X^OR3 ,
-O- X^CC^R3, -O-X^CONR'R", -X^OR3, -X^NR'R",
- X^CC^R3, -X^CONR^, -SF5, -S(0)2NRARB, wherein each X1 is a C1-4 alkylene; each RA and RB is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each RC is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two RX substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
each R2A, R2B, and R2C is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -RD, -C02RE, -CONRERF, -C(0)RE, -OC(0)NRERF, -NRFC(0)RE, - NRFC(0)2RD, -NR^CCC NR^, -NR¾F, -ORE, -0-X2-ORE ,
-0-X2-NR¾F, -O- X2-C02RE, -0-X2-CONRERF, -X2-ORE, -X2-NR¾F,
- X2-C02RE, -X2-CONRERF, -SF5, -SCO^NR^, wherein each X2 is a C1-4 alkylene; each RE and R is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh, and C4-8 heterocyclyl wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 6 Ry;
Rg is selected from H or C1-8 alkyl;
Rhis selected from C1-8 alkyl, C1-8 haloalkyl, -C1-8alkyl-C4-8 heterocyclyl, -Ci. 8alkyl- C5-10 heteroaryl, C1-8 alkyl-OH, and C1-8 alkyl-COOH
wherein the C1-8alkyl is optionally substituted with OH or COOH, wherein the Cs-io heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, Q. 4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, and C1-4alkyl-COOH, and wherein the C4-8 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Rw substituents;
each Rw substituent is independently selected from C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, Ci. 4alkyl-COOH and oxo;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, -CN, -R\ -C02Rj, -CONRjRk, -CONHC1-4alkyl-OH, -C(0)Rj, -OC(0)NRjRk,
-NRjC(0)Rk, -NRJCCO)^, -NRj-C1-4alkyl-RjC(0)2Rk, -NRjC(0)NRjRk, -NRjRk,
-ORj, -S(0)2NRjRk, -0-C1-4alkyl-ORj, -0-C1-4alkyl-NRjRk, -0-C1-4alkyl-C02Rj,
-0-C1-4alkyl-CONRjRk, -C1-4alkyl-ORj, - C1-4alkyl-NRjRk, -C1-4alkyl-C02Rj, -Cj.
4alkyl-CONRjRk, and SF5,
wherein the C1-4alkyl is optionally substituted with OH or C02H, wherein each R* and Rk is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with OH or C02H, and C1-8 haloalkyl optionally substituted with OH or C02H, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom R* and Rk can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with OH or
C02H;
R4a is selected from -Ci^alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -C1-4alkyl-C5-:1o heteroaryl, wherein the C6-1oaryl and the C5-1o heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rz;
each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rm, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, - NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -0-X3-ORn ,
-0-X3-NRnRp, -O- X3-C02Rn, -0-X3-CONRnRp, -X3-ORn, -X3-NRnRp,
- X3-C02Rn, -X3-CONRnRp, -SF5, -S(0)2NRnRp, wherein each X3 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rn and Rp is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rm is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl; and optionally when two Rz substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused five or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with oxo;
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, -CN, -Rq, -C02Rr, -CONRrRs, -C(0)Rr, -OC(0)NRrRs, -NRrC(0)Rs, - NRrC(0)2Rq, -NRr-C(0)NRrRs, -NRrRs, -ORr, -0-X4-ORr ,
-0-X4-NRrRs, -O- X4-C02Rr, -0-X4-CONRrRs, -X4-ORr, -X4-NRrRs,
-X4-C02Rr, -X4-CONRrRs, -SF5, -S(0)2NRrRs, wherein each X4 is a C1-4 alkylene; each Rr and Rs is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl.
4. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof having the formula (Ila)
Figure imgf000284_0001
5. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof having the formula (lib)
Figure imgf000285_0001
6. The compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R3 is -NRgRh.
7. The compound of claim 6 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein Rh combined with the N to which it is attached is a mono-, di- or tri-peptide comprising 1-3 natural amino acids and 0-2 non-natural amino acids, wherein
the non-natural aminoacids have an alpha carbon substituent selected from the group consisting of C2-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-3 alkyl-guanidinyl, and C1-4 alkly-heteroaryl, the alpha carbon of each natural or non-natural amino acids are optionally further substituted with a methyl group, and
the terminal moiety of the mono-, di-, or tri-peptide is selected from the group consisting of C(0)OH, C(0)0-C1-6 alkyl, and P03H2.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein each natural amino acid of Rh is independently selected from the group consisting of serine, alanine, glycine, lysine, argining, threonine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, asparatate, asparagine, histidine, and leucine.
9. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and thienyl, wherein the phenyl and thienyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 5 Rx substituents.
10. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rx wherein each Rx is independently selected from halogen, C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 alkyl, 0-C1-8 haloalkyl, -NRaRb, and CN, and optionally when two Rx substituents are on adjacent atoms, they are combined to form a fused six-membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from oxo, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl.
11. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with F.
The compound of any one of claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically
Figure imgf000286_0001
13. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R2a, R2b and R2c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -Rd, -NR¾f, -ORe, -X2-ORe, -Χ2-ΜΙ¾Γ, wherein X2 is C1-4 alkylene; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl, or when attached to the same nitrogen atom can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a five or six-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members selected from N, O or S, and optionally substituted with oxo; each Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl.
14. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt.
15. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is halogen.
16. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2b and R2c are both H and R2a is CI.
17. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 0, 1 or 2 and each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -Rq, -NRrRs, and -ORr, wherein each Rr and Rs is
independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl and C1-8 haloalkyl and each Rq is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl and C1-8 haloalkyl.
18. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 0.
19. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R6a is H.
20. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein m is 0.
21. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein m is 1 and R6b is selected from the group consisting of F, C1-4 alkyl, 0-Ru, C1-4 haloalkyl and NRURV, wherein each Ru and Rv is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, and C1-8 haloalkyl.
22. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein m is 1 and R6b is F.
23. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Figure imgf000288_0001
24. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-4 alkyl, 0-C1-6 alkyl-Rz, C6-1oaryl, Cs-io heteroaryl , -0-C1-4 alkyl-Ce-ioaryl and -0-C1-4 alkyl-Cs-io heteroaryl, wherein the C6-1o aryl and the Cs-io heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rz, wherein each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of:
halogen, -CN, -Rm, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, - NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn-C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, -S(0)2NRnRp, three to seven-membered carbocyclic ring and four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring wherein the three to seven- membered carbocyclic or four to seven-membered heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rl, wherein each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8 alkyl, C1-8haloalkyl, -C02Rn, -CONRnRp, -C(0)Rn, -OC(0)NRnRp, -NRnC(0)Rp, -NRnC(0)2Rm, -NRn- C(0)NRnRp, -NRnRp, -ORn, and -S(0)2NRnRp.
25. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of 0-C1-4 alkyl, 0-C1-6 alkyl-CN, phenyl, pyridinyl , -0-C1-2 alkyl-pyridinyl, -0-C1-2 alkyl-pyrimidinyl, -0-C1-2 alkyl- pyridazinyl, and -0-C1-2 alkyl-phenyl, wherein the pyridinyl, phenyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 Rz, wherein each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -C02Rn, -NRnRp, -ORn, and piperidinyl optionally substituted with OH.
26. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000289_0001
Figure imgf000289_0002
The compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, wherein R is
Figure imgf000289_0003
28. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of NRgRh and C4-6 heterocyclyl wherein the C4-6 heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ry, wherein Rg is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8 haloalkyl and C1-8 alkyl, and wherein Rhis -C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, COO-C1-8 alkyl, C5-6 heteroaryl, C5-6 heterocyclyl and P03H2, wherein the C5-6 heteroaryl and the C5-6 heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from OH, B(OH)2, COOH, S02NH2, CONH2, CONOH, P03H2, COO-C1-8alkyl, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkyl-OH, C1-4alkyl-S02NH2, C^alkyl CONH2, C1-4alkyl- CONOH, C1-4alkyl- P03H2, and C1-4alkyl-COOH and wherein the C5-6 heterocyclyl is additionally optionally substituted with oxo.
29. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl, wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is linked through the nitrogen atom and wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ry, wherein each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of -C02H, CONOH, P03H2, OH, S02NH2, CONH2, and COO-C1-8alkyl.
The compound of any one of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is NHRh, wherein Rh is -C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, CONH2, P03H2, tetrazolyl, tetrazolonyl, and pyrazolyl.
31. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000290_0001
Figure imgf000291_0001
32. The compound of claim 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rx wherein each Rx is independently selected from halogen, C1-8 alkyl, O-C1-8 alkyl, O-C1-8 haloalkyl, -NRaRb, and CN, wherein R2b and R2c are both H, R2a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, .
-3 haloalkyl, -CN, -OMe and OEt, R6a is H, m is 0, n is 0, R4 is
Figure imgf000291_0002
, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of NHRh, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl, wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is linked through the nitrogen atom and wherein the azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ry, wherein each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of CO2H, CONOH, PO3H2, OH, SO2NH2, CONH2, and COO-C1-8alkyl, and wherein Rh is C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from OH, COOH, CONH2, PO3H2, tetrazolyl, tetrazolonyl, and pyrazolyl.
33. The compound of claim 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2a is halogen.
34. A compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selected from Table 2 or Table 3 and having an activity of ++ or +++.
35. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 34, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
36. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 35, further comprising one or more additional therapeutic agents.
37. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 36, wherein the one or more additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti-proliferation agent.
38. A method of modulating an immune response mediated by the PD-1 signaling pathway in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 34, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of any one of claims 35 to 37.
39. A method of enhancing, stimulating, modulating and/or increasing the immune response in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 34, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of any one of claims 35 to 37.
40. A method of inhibiting growth, proliferation, or metastasis of cancer cells in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 34, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of any one of claims 35to 37.
41. A method of treating a subject suffering from or susceptible to a disease or disorder mediated by the PD-1 signaling pathway, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 34, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a composition of any one of claims 35 to 37.
42. The method of any one of claims 38 to 41, wherein the subject suffers from a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of an infectious disease, a bacterial infectious disease, a viral infectious disease a fungal infectious disease, a solid tumor, a hematological malignancy, an immune disorder, an inflammatory disease, and cancer.
43. The method of claim 41, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, glioblastoma, esophagus tumor, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, uveal melanoma, lymphoma, lymphocytic lymphoma, primary CNS lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, prostate cancer, castration-resistant prostate cancer, chronic myelocytic leukemia, Kaposi's sarcoma fibrosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, angiosarcoma,
lymphangiosarcoma, synovioma, , meningioma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, sarcoma of soft tissue, sarcoma, sepsis, biliary tumor, basal cell carcinoma, thymus neoplasm, cancer of the thyroid gland, cancer of the parathyroid gland, uterine cancer, cancer of the adrenal gland, liver infection, Merkel cell carcinoma, nerve tumor, follicle center lymphoma, colon cancer, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, leukemia, chronic or acute leukemias including acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple myeloma, ovary tumor, myelodysplastic syndrome, cutaneous or intraocular malignant melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, small-cell lung cancer, lung cancer, mesothelioma, breast cancer, squamous non-small cell lung cancer (SCLC), non-squamous NSCLC, colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, Pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, cancer of the head or neck, gastrointestinal tract, stomach cancer, HTV, Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, hepatitis D, herpes viruses, papillomaviruses, influenza, bone cancer, skin cancer, rectal cancer, cancer of the anal region, testicular cancer, carcinoma of the fallopian tubes, carcinoma of the endometrium, carcinoma of the cervix, carcinoma of the vagina, carcinoma of the vulva, cancer of the esophagus, cancer of the small intestine, cancer of the endocrine system, cancer of the urethra, cancer of the penis, cancer of the bladder, cancer of the kidney, cancer of the ureter, carcinoma of the renal pelvis, neoplasm of the central nervous system (CNS), tumor angiogenesis, spinal axis tumor, brain stem glioma, pituitary adenoma, epidermoid cancer, abestosis, carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, papillary carcinoma,
cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, wilm's tumor, pleomorphic adenoma, liver cell papilloma, renal tubular adenoma, cystadenoma, papilloma, adenoma, leiomyoma, rhabdomyoma, hemangioma, lymphangioma, osteoma, chondroma, lipoma and fibroma.
44. The method of any one of claims 38 to 43, further comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of one or more additional therapeutic agents.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the one or more additional therapeutic agents is selected from the group consisting of an antimicrobial agent, an antiviral agent, a cytotoxic agent, a gene expression modulatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an anti- fibrotic agent, radiotherapy, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, and an anti- proliferation agent.
PCT/US2017/039313 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulator compounds WO2018005374A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780052652.1A CN109803651B (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulatory compounds
KR1020197002639A KR102401963B1 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulatory compounds
CA3029256A CA3029256A1 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulator compounds
AU2017289038A AU2017289038B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulator compounds
JP2018567603A JP7185532B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 immunomodulatory compounds
ES17821019T ES2979332T3 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulatory compounds
EP17821019.1A EP3474845B1 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulator compounds
IL263752A IL263752B (en) 2016-06-27 2018-12-17 Immunomodulator compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662355119P 2016-06-27 2016-06-27
US62/355,119 2016-06-27
US201662440100P 2016-12-29 2016-12-29
US62/440,100 2016-12-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018005374A1 true WO2018005374A1 (en) 2018-01-04

Family

ID=60786614

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2017/039313 WO2018005374A1 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-06-26 Immunomodulator compounds

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (3) US10639284B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3474845B1 (en)
JP (1) JP7185532B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102401963B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109803651B (en)
AU (1) AU2017289038B2 (en)
CA (1) CA3029256A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2979332T3 (en)
IL (1) IL263752B (en)
TW (1) TWI758300B (en)
WO (1) WO2018005374A1 (en)

Cited By (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019060820A1 (en) 2017-09-25 2019-03-28 Chemocentryx, Inc. Combination therapy using a chemokine receptor 2 (ccr2) antagonist and a pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitor
CN110092745A (en) * 2018-01-29 2019-08-06 广州丹康医药生物有限公司 A kind of compound and its application containing aromatic ring
WO2019165043A2 (en) 2018-02-22 2019-08-29 Chemocentryx, Inc. Indane-amines as pd-l1 antagonists
WO2019169123A1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2019232319A1 (en) 2018-05-31 2019-12-05 Peloton Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting cd73
WO2020014643A1 (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
US10710986B2 (en) 2018-02-13 2020-07-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
WO2020192570A1 (en) 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 上海再极医药科技有限公司 Small-molecule inhibitor of pd-1/pd-l1, pharmaceutical composition thereof with pd-l1 antibody, and application of same
CN112105353A (en) * 2018-01-08 2020-12-18 凯莫森特里克斯股份有限公司 Methods of treating solid tumors with CCR2 antagonists
WO2021007386A1 (en) 2019-07-10 2021-01-14 Chemocentryx, Inc. Indanes as pd-l1 inhibitors
US10899735B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-01-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
CN112601526A (en) * 2018-08-29 2021-04-02 凯莫森特里克斯股份有限公司 Combination therapy using C-C chemokine receptor 4(CCR4) antagonists and one or more checkpoint inhibitors
WO2021076691A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 Chemocentryx, Inc. Heteroaryl-biphenyl amides for the treatment of pd-l1 diseases
WO2021076688A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 Chemocentryx, Inc. Heteroaryl-biphenyl amines for the treatment of pd-l1 diseases
US11130740B2 (en) 2017-04-25 2021-09-28 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Substituted 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene analogs and methods using same
US11142521B2 (en) 2011-12-01 2021-10-12 Chemocentryx, Inc. Substituted anilines as CCR(4) antagonists
WO2021228000A1 (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 上海长森药业有限公司 Preparation of biaryl ring-linked aromatic heterocyclic derivative as immunomodulator and use thereof
US11236085B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2022-02-01 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
US11266643B2 (en) 2019-05-15 2022-03-08 Chemocentryx, Inc. Triaryl compounds for treatment of PD-L1 diseases
EP3843711A4 (en) * 2018-08-29 2022-08-03 ChemoCentryx, Inc. Methods of treating cancer with small molecule pd-l1 inhibitors
US11485708B2 (en) 2019-06-20 2022-11-01 Chemocentryx, Inc. Compounds for treatment of PD-L1 diseases
JP2022547200A (en) * 2019-09-09 2022-11-10 シャンハイ ロングウッド バイオファルマシューティカルズ カンパニー リミテッド Aromatic heterocyclic compound having a tricyclic structure, and its preparation method and application
US11986466B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2024-05-21 Chemocentryx, Inc. Methods of treating solid tumors with CCR2 antagonists
US12054484B2 (en) 2015-05-21 2024-08-06 Chemocentryx, Inc. Substituted tetrahydropyrans as CCR2 modulators
US12083118B2 (en) 2018-03-29 2024-09-10 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Substituted 1,1′-biphenyl compounds, analogues thereof, and methods using same
US12116417B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2024-10-15 GC Cell Corporation Anti-HER2 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, and chimeric antigen receptor comprising same

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7185532B2 (en) * 2016-06-27 2022-12-07 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド immunomodulatory compounds
KR102647257B1 (en) * 2017-07-28 2024-03-13 케모센트릭스, 인크. immunomodulator compounds
US10392405B2 (en) 2017-08-08 2019-08-27 Chemocentryx, Inc. Macrocyclic immunomodulators
CN110128415B (en) * 2019-05-31 2022-03-25 沈阳药科大学 Indoline compounds used as immunomodulators and preparation method thereof
CA3194742A1 (en) 2020-09-10 2022-03-17 Nammi Therapeutics, Inc. Formulated and/or co-formulated liposome compositions containing pd-1 antagonist prodrugs useful in the treatment of cancer and methods thereof
CN114437051A (en) * 2021-09-18 2022-05-06 药康众拓(江苏)医药科技有限公司 Biphenyl compound, preparation method and application thereof

Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1268002A (en) 1917-09-12 1918-05-28 William M Goodwin Measuring instrument.
US4166452A (en) 1976-05-03 1979-09-04 Generales Constantine D J Jr Apparatus for testing human responses to stimuli
US4256108A (en) 1977-04-07 1981-03-17 Alza Corporation Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system
US4265874A (en) 1980-04-25 1981-05-05 Alza Corporation Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use
US20100292227A1 (en) * 2009-05-15 2010-11-18 Boehringer Ingleheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2015034820A1 (en) 2013-09-04 2015-03-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2015033299A1 (en) 2013-09-06 2015-03-12 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited 1,2,4-oxadiazole derivatives as immunomodulators
WO2015033301A1 (en) 2013-09-06 2015-03-12 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited 1,3,4-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives as immunomodulators
WO2015160641A2 (en) 2014-04-14 2015-10-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2017066227A1 (en) 2015-10-15 2017-04-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2017070089A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-04-27 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
US20170145025A1 (en) 2015-11-19 2017-05-25 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
WO2017106634A1 (en) 2015-12-17 2017-06-22 Incyte Corporation N-phenyl-pyridine-2-carboxamide derivatives and their use as pd-1/pd-l1 protein/protein interaction modulators

Family Cites Families (75)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IL120266A (en) 1996-02-28 2005-05-17 Pfizer Use of estrogen antagonists and estrogen agonists in the preparation of medicaments for inhibiting pathological conditions
RU2456273C2 (en) 2006-03-31 2012-07-20 Новартис Аг New compounds
WO2008008059A1 (en) 2006-07-12 2008-01-17 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-cancer agents ans uses thereof
US20080194557A1 (en) 2007-01-18 2008-08-14 Joseph Barbosa Methods and compositions for the treatment of pain, inflammation and cancer
EP2185539A4 (en) * 2007-08-03 2011-07-20 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP2368876A1 (en) * 2010-03-01 2011-09-28 Sanofi Derivatives of aminoindanes, their preparation and their application in therapeutics
TW201329025A (en) * 2011-11-01 2013-07-16 Astex Therapeutics Ltd Pharmaceutical compound
US9308236B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-04-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Macrocyclic inhibitors of the PD-1/PD-L1 and CD80(B7-1)/PD-L1 protein/protein interactions
KR20160036568A (en) * 2013-07-18 2016-04-04 노파르티스 아게 Aminomethyl-biaryl derivatives as complement factor d inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2016088082A1 (en) 2014-12-05 2016-06-09 Novartis Ag Amidomethyl-biaryl derivatives complement factor d inhibitors and uses thereof
SG10202005790VA (en) 2015-12-22 2020-07-29 Incyte Corp Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
EP3190103A1 (en) 2016-01-08 2017-07-12 Rijksuniversiteit Groningen Inhibitors of the pd-1/pd-l1 protein/protein interaction
RU2745195C2 (en) 2016-04-07 2021-03-22 Кемосентрикс, Инк. Reduction of tumor mass by injecting ccr1 antagonists in combination with pd-1 inhibitors or pd-l1 inhibitors
AR108396A1 (en) 2016-05-06 2018-08-15 Incyte Corp HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS IMMUNOMODULATORS
KR102364344B1 (en) 2016-05-23 2022-02-18 인스티튜드 오브 머테리아 메디카, 차이니스 아케데미 오브 메디컬 싸이언시스 Nicotinyl alcohol ether derivatives, methods for their preparation, and pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
TW201808902A (en) 2016-05-26 2018-03-16 美商英塞特公司 Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
CN109890819B (en) 2016-06-20 2022-11-22 因赛特公司 Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
JP7185532B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2022-12-07 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド immunomodulatory compounds
EP3483142A1 (en) 2016-07-05 2019-05-15 Guangzhou Maxinovel Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Aromatic acetylene or aromatic ethylene compound, intermediate, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
WO2018009505A1 (en) 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 1,3-dihydroxy-phenyl derivatives useful as immunomodulators
MA45669A (en) 2016-07-14 2019-05-22 Incyte Corp HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS USED AS IMMUNOMODULATORS
ES2941716T3 (en) 2016-08-29 2023-05-25 Incyte Corp Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
US10144706B2 (en) 2016-09-01 2018-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
US20180065917A1 (en) 2016-09-02 2018-03-08 Polaris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Immune checkpoint inhibitors, compositions and methods thereof
US10882844B2 (en) 2016-12-20 2021-01-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
KR102696516B1 (en) 2016-12-22 2024-08-22 인사이트 코포레이션 Benzoxazole derivatives as immunomodulators
US10806785B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-10-20 Incyte Corporation Immunomodulator compounds and methods of use
ES2874756T3 (en) 2016-12-22 2021-11-05 Incyte Corp Triazolo [1,5-A] pyridine derivatives as immunomodulators
WO2018119263A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds derivatives as pd-l1 internalization inducers
ES2899402T3 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-03-11 Incyte Corp Pyridine derivatives as immunomodulators
JP7303108B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2023-07-04 インサイト・コーポレイション Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as immunomodulators
WO2018121560A1 (en) 2016-12-29 2018-07-05 深圳微芯生物科技有限责任公司 Urea compound and preparation method and application thereof
CN108395443B (en) 2017-02-04 2021-05-04 广州丹康医药生物有限公司 Cyclic compounds inhibiting programmed death receptor ligand 1 and uses thereof
EP3601258B1 (en) 2017-03-27 2023-08-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted isoquionline derivatives as immunomudulators
JOP20180040A1 (en) * 2017-04-20 2019-01-30 Gilead Sciences Inc Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
TW201841896A (en) 2017-04-26 2018-12-01 大陸商南京聖和藥業股份有限公司 Heterocyclic compound serving as pd-l1 inhibitor
CN108863963B (en) 2017-05-08 2022-05-27 南京圣和药物研发有限公司 Heterocyclic compounds as PD-L1 inhibitors
KR102647257B1 (en) * 2017-07-28 2024-03-13 케모센트릭스, 인크. immunomodulator compounds
US10392405B2 (en) 2017-08-08 2019-08-27 Chemocentryx, Inc. Macrocyclic immunomodulators
WO2019034172A1 (en) 2017-08-18 2019-02-21 上海轶诺药业有限公司 Compound having pd-l1 inhibitory activity, preparation method therefor and use thereof
US11492375B2 (en) 2017-10-03 2022-11-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclic peptide immunomodulators
CN109665968B (en) 2017-10-16 2022-02-22 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 Fused ring compound, preparation method and application thereof
CN109678796B (en) 2017-10-19 2023-01-10 上海长森药业有限公司 PD-1/PD-L1 small molecule inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
CN109721527B (en) 2017-10-27 2024-03-12 广州丹康医药生物有限公司 Novel anti-PD-L1 compound, application thereof and composition containing same
CA3080677A1 (en) 2017-11-06 2019-05-09 Jubilant Prodel LLC Pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of pd1/pd-l1 activation
WO2019120297A1 (en) 2017-12-22 2019-06-27 上海海雁医药科技有限公司 Immunomodulator and preparation method and medical use thereof
EP3733659B1 (en) 2017-12-29 2023-12-20 Guangzhou Maxinovel Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Aromatic vinyl or aromatic ethyl derivative, preparation method therefor, intermediate, pharmaceutical composition, and application
EP3743425B1 (en) 2018-01-23 2024-11-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 2,8-diacyl-2,8-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane compounds useful as immunomodulators
CN110092745B (en) * 2018-01-29 2022-12-30 广州丹康医药生物有限公司 Compound containing aromatic ring and application thereof
WO2019149183A1 (en) 2018-02-05 2019-08-08 上海和誉生物医药科技有限公司 Biaryl derivative, preparation method thereof and pharmaceutical application thereof
KR102708681B1 (en) 2018-02-13 2024-09-26 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
EP3755311A4 (en) 2018-02-22 2021-11-10 ChemoCentryx, Inc. Indane-amines as pd-l1 antagonists
KR102758923B1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2025-01-24 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2019174533A1 (en) 2018-03-13 2019-09-19 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Small molecule pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitor and use thereof in drugs
WO2019175897A1 (en) 2018-03-13 2019-09-19 Jubilant Biosys Limited Bicyclic compounds as inhibitors of pd1/pd-l1 interaction/activation
MX2020010321A (en) 2018-03-30 2021-01-08 Incyte Corp Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators.
WO2019192506A1 (en) 2018-04-03 2019-10-10 Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Immunomodulators, compositions and methods thereof
KR102591947B1 (en) 2018-04-19 2023-10-25 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
JP7328995B2 (en) 2018-05-11 2023-08-17 インサイト・コーポレイション Tetrahydro-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridine derivatives as PD-L1 immunomodulators
CN111886219B (en) 2018-07-11 2023-04-25 上海和誉生物医药科技有限公司 Immunosuppressant, preparation method and pharmaceutical application thereof
CN112384500B (en) 2018-07-12 2024-05-14 贝达药业股份有限公司 Immunomodulator, composition and preparation method thereof
SG11202012425QA (en) 2018-07-13 2021-01-28 Gilead Sciences Inc Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
US20210269440A1 (en) 2018-07-19 2021-09-02 Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Immunomodulators, compositions and methods thereof
US20210300909A1 (en) 2018-07-19 2021-09-30 Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Immunomodulators, compositions and methods thereof
WO2020025030A1 (en) 2018-08-01 2020-02-06 上海轶诺药业有限公司 Preparation and application of aromatic compound having immunoregulatory function
WO2020047035A1 (en) 2018-08-29 2020-03-05 Chemocentryx, Inc. Methods of treating cancer with small molecule pd-l1 inhibitors
CN109336857A (en) 2018-11-13 2019-02-15 南方医科大学 A kind of flavonoid containing substituted biphenyl and application thereof
CN109438263A (en) 2018-11-28 2019-03-08 南方医科大学 A kind of naphthalene and its application containing substituted biphenyl
CN109503546A (en) 2019-01-10 2019-03-22 南方医科大学 A kind of two methyl phenyl ethers anisole of resorcinol and its application
CN109776377B (en) 2019-02-01 2021-08-24 沈阳药科大学 Indoline compounds and preparation method and application thereof
CN109776445B (en) 2019-03-28 2022-12-06 中国药科大学 Benzoxadiazole compound and its preparation method and medical application
SG11202112310TA (en) 2019-05-15 2021-12-30 Chemocentryx Inc Triaryl compounds for treatment of pd-l1 diseases
CN110200959A (en) 2019-05-30 2019-09-06 天津科技大学 A kind of application of flavone compound
CN110128415B (en) 2019-05-31 2022-03-25 沈阳药科大学 Indoline compounds used as immunomodulators and preparation method thereof
JP2022539830A (en) 2019-07-10 2022-09-13 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド Indane as a PD-L1 inhibitor

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1268002A (en) 1917-09-12 1918-05-28 William M Goodwin Measuring instrument.
US4166452A (en) 1976-05-03 1979-09-04 Generales Constantine D J Jr Apparatus for testing human responses to stimuli
US4256108A (en) 1977-04-07 1981-03-17 Alza Corporation Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system
US4265874A (en) 1980-04-25 1981-05-05 Alza Corporation Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use
US20100292227A1 (en) * 2009-05-15 2010-11-18 Boehringer Ingleheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2015034820A1 (en) 2013-09-04 2015-03-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2015033299A1 (en) 2013-09-06 2015-03-12 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited 1,2,4-oxadiazole derivatives as immunomodulators
WO2015033301A1 (en) 2013-09-06 2015-03-12 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited 1,3,4-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives as immunomodulators
WO2015160641A2 (en) 2014-04-14 2015-10-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2017066227A1 (en) 2015-10-15 2017-04-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
WO2017070089A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-04-27 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
US20170145025A1 (en) 2015-11-19 2017-05-25 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
WO2017106634A1 (en) 2015-12-17 2017-06-22 Incyte Corporation N-phenyl-pyridine-2-carboxamide derivatives and their use as pd-1/pd-l1 protein/protein interaction modulators

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 86, no. 5, 2014, pages 2429 - 2435
BERGE, S.M. ET AL.: "Pharmaceutical Salts", JOURNAL OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCE, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19, XP002675560, DOI: 10.1002/jps.2600660104
HYUN-TAK JIN ET AL., CURR TOP MICROBIOL IMMUNOL, vol. 350, 2011, pages 17 - 37
RD HARVEY, CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS, vol. 96, no. 2, 2014, pages 214 - 223

Cited By (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11142521B2 (en) 2011-12-01 2021-10-12 Chemocentryx, Inc. Substituted anilines as CCR(4) antagonists
US11884654B2 (en) 2011-12-01 2024-01-30 Chemocentryx, Inc. Substituted anilines as CCR(4) antagonists
US12054484B2 (en) 2015-05-21 2024-08-06 Chemocentryx, Inc. Substituted tetrahydropyrans as CCR2 modulators
US11130740B2 (en) 2017-04-25 2021-09-28 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Substituted 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene analogs and methods using same
JP2020535144A (en) * 2017-09-25 2020-12-03 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド Combination therapy with chemokine receptor 2 (CCR2) antagonist and PD-1 / PD-L1 inhibitor
US11304952B2 (en) 2017-09-25 2022-04-19 Chemocentryx, Inc. Combination therapy using a chemokine receptor 2 (CCR2) antagonist and a PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitor
WO2019060820A1 (en) 2017-09-25 2019-03-28 Chemocentryx, Inc. Combination therapy using a chemokine receptor 2 (ccr2) antagonist and a pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitor
JP7453139B2 (en) 2017-09-25 2024-03-19 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド Combination therapy using chemokine receptor 2 (CCR2) antagonists and PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
US12116417B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2024-10-15 GC Cell Corporation Anti-HER2 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, and chimeric antigen receptor comprising same
CN112105353B (en) * 2018-01-08 2024-04-19 凯莫森特里克斯股份有限公司 Methods of treating solid tumors with CCR2 antagonists
CN112105353A (en) * 2018-01-08 2020-12-18 凯莫森特里克斯股份有限公司 Methods of treating solid tumors with CCR2 antagonists
US11154556B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2021-10-26 Chemocentryx, Inc. Methods of treating solid tumors with CCR2 antagonists
US11986466B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2024-05-21 Chemocentryx, Inc. Methods of treating solid tumors with CCR2 antagonists
CN110092745A (en) * 2018-01-29 2019-08-06 广州丹康医药生物有限公司 A kind of compound and its application containing aromatic ring
CN110092745B (en) * 2018-01-29 2022-12-30 广州丹康医药生物有限公司 Compound containing aromatic ring and application thereof
US11555029B2 (en) 2018-02-13 2023-01-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
US10710986B2 (en) 2018-02-13 2020-07-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
WO2019165043A2 (en) 2018-02-22 2019-08-29 Chemocentryx, Inc. Indane-amines as pd-l1 antagonists
WO2019165043A3 (en) * 2018-02-22 2020-04-30 Chemocentryx, Inc. Indane-amines as pd-l1 antagonists
US11759458B2 (en) 2018-02-22 2023-09-19 Chemocentryx, Inc. Indane-amines as PD-L1 antagonists
JP7387616B2 (en) 2018-02-22 2023-11-28 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド Indan-amines as PD-L1 antagonists
JP2021513996A (en) * 2018-02-22 2021-06-03 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド Indane-amine as a PD-L1 antagonist
EP3755311A4 (en) * 2018-02-22 2021-11-10 ChemoCentryx, Inc. Indane-amines as pd-l1 antagonists
WO2019169123A1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
JP2021516232A (en) * 2018-03-01 2021-07-01 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーＢｒｉｓｔｏｌ−Ｍｙｅｒｓ Ｓｑｕｉｂｂ Ｃｏｍｐａｎｙ Compounds useful as immunomodulators
KR102758923B1 (en) 2018-03-01 2025-01-24 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 Compounds useful as immunomodulators
JP7326306B2 (en) 2018-03-01 2023-08-15 ブリストル－マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Compounds Useful as Immunomodulators
US11578054B2 (en) 2018-03-01 2023-02-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful as immunomodulators
CN112041312A (en) * 2018-03-01 2020-12-04 百时美施贵宝公司 Compounds used as immunomodulators
KR20200127007A (en) * 2018-03-01 2020-11-09 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 Compounds useful as immunomodulators
US12083118B2 (en) 2018-03-29 2024-09-10 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Substituted 1,1′-biphenyl compounds, analogues thereof, and methods using same
US10899735B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-01-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
WO2019232319A1 (en) 2018-05-31 2019-12-05 Peloton Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting cd73
EP4234030A3 (en) * 2018-07-13 2023-10-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
JP2021530500A (en) * 2018-07-13 2021-11-11 ギリアード サイエンシーズ， インコーポレイテッド PD-1 / PD-L1 inhibitor
JP7105359B2 (en) 2018-07-13 2022-07-22 ギリアード サイエンシーズ， インコーポレイテッド PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitor
CN112399874B (en) * 2018-07-13 2024-03-22 吉利德科学公司 PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
KR102625712B1 (en) 2018-07-13 2024-01-19 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
WO2020014643A1 (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
US10774071B2 (en) 2018-07-13 2020-09-15 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
KR20210031936A (en) * 2018-07-13 2021-03-23 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitor
AU2019301811B2 (en) * 2018-07-13 2022-05-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
CN112399874A (en) * 2018-07-13 2021-02-23 吉利德科学公司 PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
IL280831B1 (en) * 2018-08-29 2024-01-01 Chemocentryx Inc Combination therapy using c-c chemokine receptor 4 (ccr4) antagonists and one or more immune checkpoint inhibitors
JP2021536442A (en) * 2018-08-29 2021-12-27 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド Combination therapy with CC chemokine receptor 4 (CCR4) antagonists and one or more checkpoint inhibitors
US12011439B2 (en) 2018-08-29 2024-06-18 Chemocentryx, Inc. Combination therapy using C—C chemokine receptor 4 (CCR4) antagonists and one or more immune checkpoint inhibitors
JP7554180B2 (en) 2018-08-29 2024-09-19 ケモセントリックス，インコーポレイティド Combination therapy using a C-C chemokine receptor 4 (CCR4) antagonist and one or more checkpoint inhibitors
CN112601526A (en) * 2018-08-29 2021-04-02 凯莫森特里克斯股份有限公司 Combination therapy using C-C chemokine receptor 4(CCR4) antagonists and one or more checkpoint inhibitors
IL280831B2 (en) * 2018-08-29 2024-05-01 Chemocentryx Inc Combination therapy with C-C antagonists such as cytokine receptor 4 (CCR4) and one or more immune checkpoint inhibitors
EP3843734A4 (en) * 2018-08-29 2022-05-25 ChemoCentryx, Inc. Combination therapy using c-c chemokine receptor 4 (ccr4) antagonists and one or more immune checkpoint inhibitors
US11446289B2 (en) 2018-08-29 2022-09-20 Chemocentryx, Inc. Combination therapy using C-C chemokine receptor 4 (CCR4) antagonists and one or more immune checkpoint inhibitors
EP3843711A4 (en) * 2018-08-29 2022-08-03 ChemoCentryx, Inc. Methods of treating cancer with small molecule pd-l1 inhibitors
US11236085B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2022-02-01 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
WO2020192570A1 (en) 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 上海再极医药科技有限公司 Small-molecule inhibitor of pd-1/pd-l1, pharmaceutical composition thereof with pd-l1 antibody, and application of same
US11266643B2 (en) 2019-05-15 2022-03-08 Chemocentryx, Inc. Triaryl compounds for treatment of PD-L1 diseases
EP3986392A4 (en) * 2019-06-20 2023-07-12 ChemoCentryx, Inc. Compounds for treatment of pd-l1 diseases
US11485708B2 (en) 2019-06-20 2022-11-01 Chemocentryx, Inc. Compounds for treatment of PD-L1 diseases
US11872217B2 (en) 2019-07-10 2024-01-16 Chemocentryx, Inc. Indanes as PD-L1 inhibitors
WO2021007386A1 (en) 2019-07-10 2021-01-14 Chemocentryx, Inc. Indanes as pd-l1 inhibitors
JP2022547200A (en) * 2019-09-09 2022-11-10 シャンハイ ロングウッド バイオファルマシューティカルズ カンパニー リミテッド Aromatic heterocyclic compound having a tricyclic structure, and its preparation method and application
WO2021076691A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 Chemocentryx, Inc. Heteroaryl-biphenyl amides for the treatment of pd-l1 diseases
US11866429B2 (en) 2019-10-16 2024-01-09 Chemocentryx, Inc. Heteroaryl-biphenyl amines for the treatment of PD-L1 diseases
WO2021076688A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 Chemocentryx, Inc. Heteroaryl-biphenyl amines for the treatment of pd-l1 diseases
US11713307B2 (en) 2019-10-16 2023-08-01 Chemocentryx, Inc. Heteroaryl-biphenyl amides for the treatment of PD-L1 diseases
WO2021228000A1 (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 上海长森药业有限公司 Preparation of biaryl ring-linked aromatic heterocyclic derivative as immunomodulator and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7185532B2 (en) 2022-12-07
AU2017289038B2 (en) 2021-07-22
JP2019527202A (en) 2019-09-26
US20180008554A1 (en) 2018-01-11
ES2979332T3 (en) 2024-09-25
CN109803651A (en) 2019-05-24
IL263752B (en) 2022-04-01
KR102401963B1 (en) 2022-05-25
US20230117425A1 (en) 2023-04-20
IL263752A (en) 2019-01-31
KR20190053836A (en) 2019-05-20
US11426364B2 (en) 2022-08-30
CN109803651B (en) 2022-05-31
EP3474845A1 (en) 2019-05-01
CA3029256A1 (en) 2018-01-04
TW201803844A (en) 2018-02-01
US11793771B2 (en) 2023-10-24
EP3474845B1 (en) 2024-03-20
TWI758300B (en) 2022-03-21
AU2017289038A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US20210052514A1 (en) 2021-02-25
US10639284B2 (en) 2020-05-05
EP3474845A4 (en) 2020-02-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2017289038B2 (en) Immunomodulator compounds
AU2018313744B2 (en) Macrocyclic immunomodulators
AU2018306619B2 (en) Immunomodulator compounds
US11266643B2 (en) Triaryl compounds for treatment of PD-L1 diseases
US11759458B2 (en) Indane-amines as PD-L1 antagonists
US11713307B2 (en) Heteroaryl-biphenyl amides for the treatment of PD-L1 diseases
AU2020294781A1 (en) Compounds for treatment of PD-L1 diseases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17821019

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3029256

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018567603

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197002639

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017289038

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20170626

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017821019

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190128